/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/lscp-1.5.txt
ViewVC logotype

Annotation of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/lscp-1.5.txt

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 2498 - (hide annotations) (download)
Thu Jan 9 22:05:21 2014 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by schoenebeck
File MIME type: text/plain
File size: 278665 byte(s)
* New LSCP specs (LSCP 1.6).

1 schoenebeck 2498
2    
3    
4     LinuxSampler Developers C. Schoenebeck
5     Internet-Draft Interessengemeinschaft Software
6     Intended status: Standards Track Engineering e. V.
7     Expires: December 3, 2011 June 2011
8    
9    
10     LinuxSampler Control Protocol
11     LSCP 1.5
12    
13     Abstract
14    
15     The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an application-level
16     protocol primarily intended for local and remote controlling the
17     LinuxSampler backend application, which is a sophisticated server-
18     like console application essentially playing back audio samples and
19     manipulating the samples in real time to certain extent.
20    
21     Status of this Memo
22    
23     By submitting this Internet-Draft, each author represents that any
24     applicable patent or other IPR claims of which he or she is aware
25     have been or will be disclosed, and any of which he or she becomes
26     aware will be disclosed, in accordance with Section 6 of BCP 79.
27    
28     Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
29     Task Force (IETF). Note that other groups may also distribute
30     working documents as Internet-Drafts. The list of current Internet-
31     Drafts is at http://datatracker.ietf.org/drafts/current/.
32    
33     Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
34     and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any
35     time. It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference
36     material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."
37    
38     This Internet-Draft will expire on December 3, 2011.
39    
40    
41    
42    
43    
44    
45    
46    
47    
48    
49    
50    
51    
52    
53    
54    
55     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 1]
56    
57     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
58    
59    
60     Table of Contents
61    
62     1. Requirements notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
63     2. Versioning of this specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
64     3. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
65     4. Focus of this protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
66     5. Communication Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
67     5.1. Request/response communication method . . . . . . . . . . 11
68     5.1.1. Result format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
69     5.2. Subscribe/notify communication method . . . . . . . . . . 14
70     6. Description for control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
71     6.1. Ignored lines and comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
72     6.2. Configuring audio drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
73     6.2.1. Getting amount of available audio output drivers . . 17
74     6.2.2. Getting all available audio output drivers . . . . . 17
75     6.2.3. Getting information about a specific audio output
76     driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
77     6.2.4. Getting information about specific audio output
78     driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
79     6.2.5. Creating an audio output device . . . . . . . . . . 22
80     6.2.6. Destroying an audio output device . . . . . . . . . 23
81     6.2.7. Getting all created audio output device count . . . 24
82     6.2.8. Getting all created audio output device list . . . . 24
83     6.2.9. Getting current settings of an audio output device . 24
84     6.2.10. Changing settings of audio output devices . . . . . 26
85     6.2.11. Getting information about an audio channel . . . . . 27
86     6.2.12. Getting information about specific audio channel
87     parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
88     6.2.13. Changing settings of audio output channels . . . . . 30
89     6.3. Configuring MIDI input drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
90     6.3.1. Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers . . . 32
91     6.3.2. Getting all available MIDI input drivers . . . . . . 32
92     6.3.3. Getting information about a specific MIDI input
93     driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
94     6.3.4. Getting information about specific MIDI input
95     driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
96     6.3.5. Creating a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
97     6.3.6. Destroying a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . 37
98     6.3.7. Getting all created MIDI input device count . . . . 38
99     6.3.8. Getting all created MIDI input device list . . . . . 38
100     6.3.9. Getting current settings of a MIDI input device . . 39
101     6.3.10. Changing settings of MIDI input devices . . . . . . 40
102     6.3.11. Getting information about a MIDI port . . . . . . . 40
103     6.3.12. Getting information about specific MIDI port
104     parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
105     6.3.13. Changing settings of MIDI input ports . . . . . . . 43
106     6.4. Configuring sampler channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
107     6.4.1. Loading an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
108    
109    
110    
111     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 2]
112    
113     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
114    
115    
116     6.4.2. Loading a sampler engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
117     6.4.3. Getting all created sampler channel count . . . . . 46
118     6.4.4. Getting all created sampler channel list . . . . . . 47
119     6.4.5. Adding a new sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
120     6.4.6. Removing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
121     6.4.7. Getting amount of available engines . . . . . . . . 49
122     6.4.8. Getting all available engines . . . . . . . . . . . 49
123     6.4.9. Getting information about an engine . . . . . . . . 49
124     6.4.10. Getting sampler channel information . . . . . . . . 50
125     6.4.11. Current number of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 53
126     6.4.12. Current number of active disk streams . . . . . . . 54
127     6.4.13. Current fill state of disk stream buffers . . . . . 54
128     6.4.14. Setting audio output device . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
129     6.4.15. Setting audio output type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
130     6.4.16. Setting audio output channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
131     6.4.17. Setting MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
132     6.4.18. Setting MIDI input type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
133     6.4.19. Setting MIDI input port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
134     6.4.20. Setting MIDI input channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
135     6.4.21. Setting channel volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
136     6.4.22. Muting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
137     6.4.23. Soloing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
138     6.4.24. Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
139     channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
140     6.4.25. Adding an effect send to a sampler channel . . . . . 63
141     6.4.26. Removing an effect send from a sampler channel . . . 65
142     6.4.27. Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler
143     channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
144     6.4.28. Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel . . . 66
145     6.4.29. Getting effect send information . . . . . . . . . . 66
146     6.4.30. Changing effect send's name . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
147     6.4.31. Altering effect send's audio routing . . . . . . . . 69
148     6.4.32. Assigning destination effect to an effect send . . . 70
149     6.4.33. Removing destination effect from an effect send . . 71
150     6.4.34. Altering effect send's MIDI controller . . . . . . . 72
151     6.4.35. Altering effect send's send level . . . . . . . . . 72
152     6.4.36. Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel . . . . . . 73
153     6.4.37. Resetting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
154     6.5. Controlling connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
155     6.5.1. Register front-end for receiving event messages . . 75
156     6.5.2. Unregister front-end for not receiving event
157     messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
158     6.5.3. Enable or disable echo of commands . . . . . . . . . 76
159     6.5.4. Close client connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
160     6.6. Global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
161     6.6.1. Current number of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 77
162     6.6.2. Maximum amount of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 78
163     6.6.3. Current number of active disk streams . . . . . . . 78
164    
165    
166    
167     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 3]
168    
169     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
170    
171    
172     6.6.4. Reset sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
173     6.6.5. General sampler informations . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
174     6.6.6. Getting global volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . 79
175     6.6.7. Setting global volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . 80
176     6.6.8. Getting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
177     6.6.9. Setting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
178     6.6.10. Getting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . . 81
179     6.6.11. Setting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . . 82
180     6.7. MIDI Instrument Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
181     6.7.1. Create a new MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . 83
182     6.7.2. Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps . 84
183     6.7.3. Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps . . . . 85
184     6.7.4. Getting all created MIDI instrument maps . . . . . . 85
185     6.7.5. Getting MIDI instrument map information . . . . . . 86
186     6.7.6. Renaming a MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . 87
187     6.7.7. Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry . . . 87
188     6.7.8. Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries . . . 90
189     6.7.9. Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI
190     instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
191     6.7.10. Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map . . . . 91
192     6.7.11. Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry . 92
193     6.7.12. Clear MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
194     6.8. Managing Instruments Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
195     6.8.1. Creating a new instrument directory . . . . . . . . 95
196     6.8.2. Deleting an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . 95
197     6.8.3. Getting amount of instrument directories . . . . . . 96
198     6.8.4. Listing all directories in specific directory . . . 96
199     6.8.5. Getting instrument directory information . . . . . . 97
200     6.8.6. Renaming an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . 98
201     6.8.7. Moving an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . . 99
202     6.8.8. Copying instrument directories . . . . . . . . . . . 99
203     6.8.9. Changing the description of directory . . . . . . . 100
204     6.8.10. Finding directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
205     6.8.11. Adding instruments to the instruments database . . . 102
206     6.8.12. Removing an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
207     6.8.13. Getting amount of instruments . . . . . . . . . . . 104
208     6.8.14. Listing all instruments in specific directory . . . 105
209     6.8.15. Getting instrument information . . . . . . . . . . . 105
210     6.8.16. Renaming an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
211     6.8.17. Moving an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
212     6.8.18. Copying instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
213     6.8.19. Changing the description of instrument . . . . . . . 110
214     6.8.20. Finding instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
215     6.8.21. Getting job status information . . . . . . . . . . . 113
216     6.8.22. Formatting the instruments database . . . . . . . . 114
217     6.8.23. Checking for lost instrument files . . . . . . . . . 114
218     6.8.24. Replacing an instrument file . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
219     6.9. Editing Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
220    
221    
222    
223     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 4]
224    
225     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
226    
227    
228     6.9.1. Opening an appropriate instrument editor
229     application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
230     6.10. Managing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
231     6.10.1. Retrieving amount of instruments of a file . . . . . 117
232     6.10.2. Retrieving all instruments of a file . . . . . . . . 117
233     6.10.3. Retrieving informations about one instrument in a
234     file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
235     6.11. Managing Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
236     6.11.1. Retrieve amount of available effects . . . . . . . . 120
237     6.11.2. Get list of available effects . . . . . . . . . . . 121
238     6.11.3. Retrieving general information about an effect . . . 121
239     6.11.4. Creating an instance of an effect by its portable
240     ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
241     6.11.5. Creating an instance of an effect by its
242     numerical ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
243     6.11.6. Destroy an effect instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
244     6.11.7. Retrieve amount of effect instances . . . . . . . . 125
245     6.11.8. Get list of effect instances . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
246     6.11.9. Retrieving current information about an effect
247     instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
248     6.11.10. Retrieving information about an effect parameter . . 127
249     6.11.11. Altering an effect parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
250     6.11.12. Retrieve amount of send effect chains . . . . . . . 130
251     6.11.13. Retrieve list of send effect chains . . . . . . . . 130
252     6.11.14. Add send effect chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
253     6.11.15. Remove send effect chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
254     6.11.16. Retrieving information about a send effect chain . . 132
255     6.11.17. Append effect instance to a send effect chain . . . 133
256     6.11.18. Insert effect instance to a send effect chain . . . 134
257     6.11.19. Remove effect instance from send effect chain . . . 134
258     7. Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
259     7.1. Character Set and Escape Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . 152
260     8. Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
261     8.1. Number of audio output devices changed . . . . . . . . . 157
262     8.2. Audio output device's settings changed . . . . . . . . . 157
263     8.3. Number of MIDI input devices changed . . . . . . . . . . 157
264     8.4. MIDI input device's settings changed . . . . . . . . . . 158
265     8.5. Number of sampler channels changed . . . . . . . . . . . 158
266     8.6. MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived . . . . . . . . . 158
267     8.7. MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived . . . . . . . . 159
268     8.8. Number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
269     8.9. Number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . . . . 160
270     8.10. Disk stream buffer fill state changed . . . . . . . . . . 160
271     8.11. Channel information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
272     8.12. Number of effect sends changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
273     8.13. Effect send information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
274     8.14. Total number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . 162
275     8.15. Total number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . 162
276    
277    
278    
279     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 5]
280    
281     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
282    
283    
284     8.16. Number of MIDI instrument maps changed . . . . . . . . . 162
285     8.17. MIDI instrument map information changed . . . . . . . . . 162
286     8.18. Number of MIDI instruments changed . . . . . . . . . . . 163
287     8.19. MIDI instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . . . 163
288     8.20. Global settings changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
289     8.21. Number of database instrument directories changed . . . . 164
290     8.22. Database instrument directory information changed . . . . 164
291     8.23. Number of database instruments changed . . . . . . . . . 165
292     8.24. Database instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . 165
293     8.25. Database job status information changed . . . . . . . . . 166
294     8.26. Number of effect instances changed . . . . . . . . . . . 166
295     8.27. Effect instance information changed . . . . . . . . . . . 167
296     8.28. Number of send effect chains changed . . . . . . . . . . 167
297     8.29. Send effect chain information changed . . . . . . . . . . 167
298     8.30. Miscellaneous and debugging events . . . . . . . . . . . 168
299     9. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
300     10. Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
301     11. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
302     Author's Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
303     Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements . . . . . . . . . 173
304    
305    
306    
307    
308    
309    
310    
311    
312    
313    
314    
315    
316    
317    
318    
319    
320    
321    
322    
323    
324    
325    
326    
327    
328    
329    
330    
331    
332    
333    
334    
335     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 6]
336    
337     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
338    
339    
340     1. Requirements notation
341    
342     The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
343     "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
344     document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].
345    
346     This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly claimed the
347     opposite.
348    
349     In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client (front-
350     end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in examples must
351     be interpreted as every line being CRLF terminated (carriage return
352     character followed by line feed character as defined in the ASCII
353     standard [RFC20]), thus the following example:
354    
355     C: "some line"
356    
357     "another line"
358    
359     must actually be interpreted as client sending the following message:
360    
361     "some line<CR><LF>another line<CR><LF>"
362    
363     where <CR> symbolizes the carriage return character and <LF> the line
364     feed character as defined in the ASCII standard.
365    
366     Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be fragmented, means
367     the following example:
368    
369     S: "abcd"
370    
371     could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the following
372     sequence scenario:
373    
374     o server sending message "a"
375    
376     o followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary duration
377    
378     o followed by server sending message "bcd<CR>"
379    
380     o again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary duration
381    
382     o followed by server sending the message "<LF>"
383    
384     where again <CR> and <LF> symbolize the carriage return and line feed
385     characters respectively.
386    
387    
388    
389    
390    
391     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 7]
392    
393     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
394    
395    
396     2. Versioning of this specification
397    
398     LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each
399     official release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a
400     unique version tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major
401     and minor version number like:
402    
403     "1.2"
404    
405     In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
406     version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
407     have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
408     group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
409     compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
410     to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
411     following rules:
412    
413     Compatibility:
414    
415     1. The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP major
416     version are exactly equal.
417    
418     2. The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than the
419     sampler's LSCP minor version.
420    
421     Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true. The
422     frontend can use the "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5) command to get
423     the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
424    
425    
426    
427    
428    
429    
430    
431    
432    
433    
434    
435    
436    
437    
438    
439    
440    
441    
442    
443    
444    
445    
446    
447     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 8]
448    
449     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
450    
451    
452     3. Introduction
453    
454     LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application capable to
455     playback audio samples from a computer's Random Access Memory (RAM)
456     as well as directly streaming it from disk. LinuxSampler is designed
457     to be modular. It provides several so called "sampler engines" where
458     each engine is specialized for a certain purpose. LinuxSampler has
459     virtual channels which will be referred in this document as "sampler
460     channels". The channels are in such way virtual as they can be
461     connected to an arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI
462     channel (e.g. sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA
463     sequencer device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each
464     sampler channel will be associated with an instance of one of the
465     available sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio
466     output of each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio
467     output method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
468     there.
469    
470    
471    
472    
473    
474    
475    
476    
477    
478    
479    
480    
481    
482    
483    
484    
485    
486    
487    
488    
489    
490    
491    
492    
493    
494    
495    
496    
497    
498    
499    
500    
501    
502    
503     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 9]
504    
505     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
506    
507    
508     4. Focus of this protocol
509    
510     Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure a
511     running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information about it.
512     The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to control
513     synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release notes. Or in
514     other words; the focus are those functionalities which are not
515     covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled via MIDI System
516     Exclusive Messages.
517    
518    
519    
520    
521    
522    
523    
524    
525    
526    
527    
528    
529    
530    
531    
532    
533    
534    
535    
536    
537    
538    
539    
540    
541    
542    
543    
544    
545    
546    
547    
548    
549    
550    
551    
552    
553    
554    
555    
556    
557    
558    
559     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 10]
560    
561     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
562    
563    
564     5. Communication Overview
565    
566     There are two distinct methods of communication between a running
567     instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control applications, so
568     called "front-ends": a simple request/response communication method
569     used by the clients to give commands to the server as well as to
570     inquire about server's status and a subscribe/notify communication
571     method used by the client to subscribe to and receive notifications
572     of certain events as they happen on the server. The latter needs
573     more effort to be implemented in the front-end application. The two
574     communication methods will be described next.
575    
576     5.1. Request/response communication method
577    
578     This simple communication method is based on TCP [RFC793]. The
579     front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
580     LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the front-end
581     application will send certain ASCII based commands as defined in this
582     document (every command line must be CRLF terminated - see
583     "Conventions used in this document" at the beginning of this
584     document) and the LinuxSampler application will response after a
585     certain process time with an appropriate ASCII based answer, also as
586     defined in this document. So this TCP communication is simply based
587     on query and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
588     answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to automatically send
589     messages to the client if it's not asked to. The fronted should not
590     reconnect to LinuxSampler for every single command, instead it should
591     keep the connection established and simply resend message(s) for
592     subsequent commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
593     the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get the
594     current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This is often
595     referred to as "polling". While polling is simple to implement and
596     may be OK to use in some cases, there may be disadvantages to polling
597     such as network traffic overhead and information being out of date.
598     It is possible for a client or several clients to open more than one
599     connection to the server at the same time. It is also possible to
600     send more than one request to the server at the same time but if
601     those requests are sent over the same connection server MUST execute
602     them sequentially. Upon executing a request server will produce a
603     result set and send it to the client. Each and every request made by
604     the client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the client.
605     No other data other than a result set may be sent by a server to a
606     client. No result set may be sent to a client without the client
607     sending request to the server first. On any particular connection,
608     result sets MUST be sent in their entirety without being interrupted
609     by other result sets. If several requests got queued up at the
610     server they MUST be processed in the order they were received and
611     result sets MUST be sent back in the same order.
612    
613    
614    
615     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 11]
616    
617     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
618    
619    
620     5.1.1. Result format
621    
622     Result set could be one of the following types:
623    
624     1. Normal
625    
626     2. Warning
627    
628     3. Error
629    
630     Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and have the
631     following format:
632    
633     o "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>"
634    
635     o "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>"
636    
637     Where <warning-code> and <error-code> are numeric unique identifiers
638     of the warning or error and <warning-message> and <error-message> are
639     human readable descriptions of the warning or error respectively.
640    
641     Examples:
642    
643     C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0
644    
645     S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively
646     yet."
647    
648     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"
649    
650     S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter
651     'EAR'."
652    
653     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"
654    
655     S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."
656    
657     Normal result sets could be:
658    
659     1. Empty
660    
661     2. Single line
662    
663     3. Multi-line
664    
665     Empty result set is issued when the server only needed to acknowledge
666     the fact that the request was received and it was processed
667     successfully and no additional information is available. This result
668    
669    
670    
671     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 12]
672    
673     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
674    
675    
676     set has the following format:
677    
678     "OK"
679    
680     Example:
681    
682     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"
683    
684     S: "OK"
685    
686     Single line result sets are command specific. One example of a
687     single line result set is an empty line. Multi-line result sets are
688     command specific and may include one or more lines of information.
689     They MUST always end with the following line:
690    
691     "."
692    
693     Example:
694    
695     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
696    
697     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
698    
699     "CHANNELS: 2"
700    
701     "SAMPLERATE: 44100"
702    
703     "ACTIVE: true"
704    
705     "FRAGMENTS: 2"
706    
707     "FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
708    
709     "CARD: '0,0'"
710    
711     "."
712    
713     In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and empty result
714     sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they have the following formats
715     respectively:
716    
717     o "WRN[<index>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>"
718    
719     o "OK[<index>]"
720    
721     where <index> is command specific and is used to indicate channel
722     number that the result set was related to or other integer value.
723    
724    
725    
726    
727     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 13]
728    
729     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
730    
731    
732     Each line of the result set MUST end with <CRLF>.
733    
734     Examples:
735    
736     C: "ADD CHANNEL"
737    
738     S: "OK[12]"
739    
740     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"
741    
742     S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
743    
744     5.2. Subscribe/notify communication method
745    
746     This more sophisticated communication method is actually only an
747     extension of the simple request/response communication method. The
748     front-end still uses a TCP connection and sends the same commands on
749     the TCP connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
750     commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is interested
751     in receiving notifications about certain events as they happen on the
752     server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the following syntax:
753    
754     SUBSCRIBE <event-id>
755    
756     where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
757     wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such request, server SHOULD
758     respond with OK and start sending EVENT notifications when a given
759     even has occurred to the front-end when an event has occurred. It
760     MAY be possible certain events may be sent before OK response during
761     real time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
762     following format:
763    
764     NOTIFY:<event-id>:<custom-event-data>
765    
766     where <event-id> uniquely identifies the event that has occurred and
767     <custom-event-data> is event specific.
768    
769     Several rules must be followed by the server when generating events:
770    
771     1. Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not issued an
772     appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.
773    
774     2. Events MUST only be sent using the same connection that was used
775     to subscribe to them.
776    
777     3. When response is being sent to the client, event MUST be inserted
778     in the stream before or after the response, but NOT in the
779     middle. Same is true about the response. It should never be
780    
781    
782    
783     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 14]
784    
785     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
786    
787    
788     inserted in the middle of the event message as well as any other
789     response.
790    
791     If the client is not interested in a particular event anymore it MAY
792     issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following syntax:
793    
794     UNSUBSCRIBE <event-id>
795    
796     where <event-id> will be replace by the respective event that client
797     is no longer interested in receiving. For a list of supported events
798     see Section 8.
799    
800     Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have changed on
801     sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance will react by sending
802     the following message to all clients who subscribed to this event:
803    
804     NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%
805    
806     Which means there are currently three active streams on sampler
807     channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled by 62%, stream
808     with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with ID 37 is filled by 98%.
809    
810     Clients may choose to open more than one connection to the server and
811     use some connections to receive notifications while using other
812     connections to issue commands to the back-end. This is entirely
813     legal and up to the implementation. This does not change the
814     protocol in any way and no special restrictions exist on the server
815     to allow or disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
816     front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept multiple
817     connections and support protocol described in this specification in
818     it's entirety on this single port on each connection that it
819     accepted.
820    
821     Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication, dead peers
822     will be detected automatically by the OS TCP stack. While it may
823     take a while to detect dead peers if no traffic is being sent from
824     server to client (TCP keep-alive timer is set to 2 hours on many
825     OSes) it will not be an issue here as when notifications are sent by
826     the server, dead client will be detected quickly.
827    
828     When connection is closed for any reason server MUST forget all
829     subscriptions that were made on this connection. If client
830     reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that it wants to
831     receive.
832    
833    
834    
835    
836    
837    
838    
839     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 15]
840    
841     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
842    
843    
844     6. Description for control commands
845    
846     This chapter will describe the available control commands that can be
847     sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain commands (e.g.
848     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10) or "GET ENGINE INFO"
849     (Section 6.4.9)) lead to multiple-line responses. In this case
850     LinuxSampler signals the end of the response by a "." (single dot)
851     line.
852    
853     6.1. Ignored lines and comments
854    
855     White lines, that is lines which only contain space and tabulator
856     characters, and lines that start with a "#" character are ignored,
857     thus it's possible for example to group commands and to place
858     comments in a LSCP script file.
859    
860     6.2. Configuring audio drivers
861    
862     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
863     multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to output the sound of
864     one sampler channel using the ALSA audio output driver, and on
865     another sampler channel you might want to use the JACK audio output
866     driver. For particular audio output systems it's also possible to
867     create several devices of the same audio output driver, e.g. two
868     separate ALSA audio output devices for using two different sound
869     cards at the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
870     configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their parameters.
871    
872     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver
873     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible
874     values have to be obtained at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit
875     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written
876     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what
877     parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-
878     ends can even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in
879     future without modifying the front-end at all.
880    
881     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of
882     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.
883     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different
884     parameter names and meanings than shown in these examples or might
885     change in future, so these examples are only meant for showing how to
886     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
887     possible values, etc.
888    
889    
890    
891    
892    
893    
894    
895     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 16]
896    
897     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
898    
899    
900     6.2.1. Getting amount of available audio output drivers
901    
902     Use the following command to get the number of audio output drivers
903     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
904    
905     GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
906    
907     Possible Answers:
908    
909     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of audio output
910     drivers.
911    
912     Example:
913    
914     C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
915    
916     S: "2"
917    
918     6.2.2. Getting all available audio output drivers
919    
920     Use the following command to list all audio output drivers currently
921     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
922    
923     LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
924    
925     Possible Answers:
926    
927     LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
928     strings, each symbolizing an audio output driver.
929    
930     Example:
931    
932     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
933    
934     S: "ALSA,JACK"
935    
936     6.2.3. Getting information about a specific audio output driver
937    
938     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
939     specific audio output driver:
940    
941     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO <audio-output-driver>
942    
943     Where <audio-output-driver> is the name of the audio output driver,
944     returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2)
945     command.
946    
947     Possible Answers:
948    
949    
950    
951     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 17]
952    
953     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
954    
955    
956     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
957     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
958     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
959     character string to that info category. At the moment the
960     following information categories are defined:
961    
962    
963    
964     DESCRIPTION -
965    
966     character string describing the audio output driver
967    
968     VERSION -
969    
970     character string reflecting the driver's version
971    
972     PARAMETERS -
973    
974     comma separated list of all parameters available for the
975     given audio output driver, at least parameters 'channels',
976     'samplerate' and 'active' are offered by all audio output
977     drivers
978    
979     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
980    
981     Example:
982    
983     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
984    
985     S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
986    
987     "VERSION: 1.0"
988    
989     "PARAMETERS: DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
990     FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"
991    
992     "."
993    
994     6.2.4. Getting information about specific audio output driver parameter
995    
996     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
997     specific audio output driver parameter:
998    
999     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO <audio> <prm> [<deplist>]
1000    
1001     Where <audio> is the name of the audio output driver as returned by
1002     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command,
1003     <prm> a specific parameter name for which information should be
1004    
1005    
1006    
1007     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 18]
1008    
1009     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1010    
1011    
1012     obtained (as returned by the "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"
1013     (Section 6.2.3) command) and <deplist> is an optional list of
1014     parameters on which the sought parameter <prm> depends on, <deplist>
1015     is a list of key-value pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
1016     where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1017     Arguments given with <deplist> which are not dependency parameters of
1018     <prm> will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put
1019     all parameters into <deplist> with the values already selected by the
1020     user.
1021    
1022     Possible Answers:
1023    
1024     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1025     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1026     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1027     character string to that info category. There are information
1028     which is always returned, independently of the given driver
1029     parameter and there are optional information which is only shown
1030     dependently to given driver parameter. At the moment the
1031     following information categories are defined:
1032    
1033     TYPE -
1034    
1035     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1036     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1037     character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver
1038     parameter)
1039    
1040     DESCRIPTION -
1041    
1042     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
1043     returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1044    
1045     MANDATORY -
1046    
1047     either true or false, defines if this parameter must be given
1048     when the device is to be created with the 'CREATE
1049     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command (always returned,
1050     no matter which driver parameter)
1051    
1052     FIX -
1053    
1054     either true or false, if false then this parameter can be
1055     changed at any time, once the device is created by the 'CREATE
1056     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command (always returned,
1057     no matter which driver parameter)
1058    
1059    
1060    
1061    
1062    
1063     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 19]
1064    
1065     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1066    
1067    
1068     MULTIPLICITY -
1069    
1070     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
1071     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
1072     false only a single value allowed (always returned, no matter
1073     which driver parameter)
1074    
1075     DEPENDS -
1076    
1077     comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends on,
1078     means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN', 'RANGE_MAX'
1079     and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these listed parameters,
1080     for example assuming that an audio driver (like the ALSA
1081     driver) offers parameters 'card' and 'samplerate' then
1082     parameter 'samplerate' would depend on 'card' because the
1083     possible values for 'samplerate' depends on the sound card
1084     which can be chosen by the 'card' parameter (optionally
1085     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1086    
1087     DEFAULT -
1088    
1089     reflects the default value for this parameter which is used
1090     when the device is created and not explicitly given with the
1091     'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command, in case
1092     of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated list, that's why
1093     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')
1094     (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1095    
1096     RANGE_MIN -
1097    
1098     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1099     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1100     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MAX, but
1101     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1102     driver parameter)
1103    
1104     RANGE_MAX -
1105    
1106     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1107     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1108     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but
1109     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1110     driver parameter)
1111    
1112     POSSIBILITIES -
1113    
1114     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1115     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
1116    
1117    
1118    
1119     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 20]
1120    
1121     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1122    
1123    
1124     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1125    
1126     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1127    
1128     Examples:
1129    
1130     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"
1131    
1132     S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"
1133    
1134     "TYPE: STRING"
1135    
1136     "MANDATORY: false"
1137    
1138     "FIX: true"
1139    
1140     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1141    
1142     "DEFAULT: '0,0'"
1143    
1144     "POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"
1145    
1146     "."
1147    
1148     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"
1149    
1150     S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1151    
1152     "TYPE: INT"
1153    
1154     "MANDATORY: false"
1155    
1156     "FIX: false"
1157    
1158     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1159    
1160     "DEPENDS: card"
1161    
1162     "DEFAULT: 44100"
1163    
1164     "."
1165    
1166     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE
1167     CARD='0,0'"
1168    
1169     S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1170    
1171    
1172    
1173    
1174    
1175     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 21]
1176    
1177     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1178    
1179    
1180     "TYPE: INT"
1181    
1182     "MANDATORY: false"
1183    
1184     "FIX: false"
1185    
1186     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1187    
1188     "DEPENDS: card"
1189    
1190     "DEFAULT: 44100"
1191    
1192     "RANGE_MIN: 22050"
1193    
1194     "RANGE_MAX: 96000"
1195    
1196     "."
1197    
1198     6.2.5. Creating an audio output device
1199    
1200     Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the
1201     desired audio output system:
1202    
1203     CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <audio-output-driver> [<param-list>]
1204    
1205     Where <audio-output-driver> should be replaced by the desired audio
1206     output system as returned by the "LIST
1207     AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command and <param-
1208     list> by an optional list of driver specific parameters in form of
1209     "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values should be
1210     encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Note that there might be drivers
1211     which require parameter(s) to be given with this command. Use the
1212     previously described commands in this chapter to get this
1213     information.
1214    
1215     Possible Answers:
1216    
1217     "OK[<device-id>]" -
1218    
1219     in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>
1220     is the numerical ID of the new device
1221    
1222     "WRN[<device-id>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1223    
1224     in case the device was created successfully, where <device-id>
1225     is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy
1226     issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't support given
1227     hardware parameters and the driver is using fall-back values),
1228    
1229    
1230    
1231     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 22]
1232    
1233     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1234    
1235    
1236     providing an appropriate warning code and warning message
1237    
1238     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1239    
1240     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1241     error message
1242    
1243     Examples:
1244    
1245     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
1246    
1247     S: "OK[0]"
1248    
1249     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"
1250    
1251     S: "OK[1]"
1252    
1253     6.2.6. Destroying an audio output device
1254    
1255     Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1256    
1257     DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <device-id>
1258    
1259     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1260     output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1261     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1262     command.
1263    
1264     Possible Answers:
1265    
1266     "OK" -
1267    
1268     in case the device was successfully destroyed
1269    
1270     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1271    
1272     in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
1273     noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet driver
1274     was unloaded but the other host might not be informed about
1275     this situation), providing an appropriate warning code and
1276     warning message
1277    
1278     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1279    
1280     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1281     error message
1282    
1283     Example:
1284    
1285    
1286    
1287     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 23]
1288    
1289     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1290    
1291    
1292     C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1293    
1294     S: "OK"
1295    
1296     6.2.7. Getting all created audio output device count
1297    
1298     Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1299    
1300     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1301    
1302     Possible Answers:
1303    
1304     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1305     audio output devices.
1306    
1307     Example:
1308    
1309     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1310    
1311     S: "4"
1312    
1313     6.2.8. Getting all created audio output device list
1314    
1315     Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1316    
1317     LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1318    
1319     Possible Answers:
1320    
1321     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
1322     the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.
1323    
1324     Example:
1325    
1326     C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1327    
1328     S: "0,1,4,5"
1329    
1330     6.2.9. Getting current settings of an audio output device
1331    
1332     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
1333     created audio output device:
1334    
1335     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>
1336    
1337     Where <device-id> should be replaced by numerical ID of the audio
1338     output device as e.g. returned by the "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1339     (Section 6.2.8) command.
1340    
1341    
1342    
1343     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 24]
1344    
1345     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1346    
1347    
1348     Possible Answers:
1349    
1350     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1351     answer line begins with the information category name followed by a
1352     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info character
1353     string to that info category. As some parameters might allow
1354     multiple values, character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes
1355     ('). At the moment the following information categories are defined
1356     (independently of device):
1357    
1358     DRIVER -
1359    
1360     identifier of the used audio output driver, as also returned by
1361     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2)
1362     command
1363    
1364     CHANNELS -
1365    
1366     amount of audio output channels this device currently offers
1367    
1368     SAMPLERATE -
1369    
1370     playback sample rate the device uses
1371    
1372     ACTIVE -
1373    
1374     either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1375     inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the sampler
1376     channels connected to this audio device render any audio
1377    
1378     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
1379     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all audio
1380     output devices. Every audio output driver might have its own,
1381     additional driver specific parameters (see Section 6.2.3) which are
1382     also returned by this command.
1383    
1384     Example:
1385    
1386     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
1387    
1388     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1389    
1390     "CHANNELS: 2"
1391    
1392     "SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1393    
1394     "ACTIVE: true"
1395    
1396    
1397    
1398    
1399     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 25]
1400    
1401     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1402    
1403    
1404     "FRAGMENTS: 2"
1405    
1406     "FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
1407    
1408     "CARD: '0,0'"
1409    
1410     "."
1411    
1412     6.2.10. Changing settings of audio output devices
1413    
1414     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
1415     audio output device:
1416    
1417     SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER <device-id> <key>=<value>
1418    
1419     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1420     output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1421     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1422     command, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and <value> by
1423     the new value for this parameter.
1424    
1425     Possible Answers:
1426    
1427     "OK" -
1428    
1429     in case setting was successfully changed
1430    
1431     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1432    
1433     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1434     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
1435     code and warning message
1436    
1437     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1438    
1439     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1440     error message
1441    
1442     Example:
1443    
1444     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1445    
1446     S: "OK"
1447    
1448    
1449    
1450    
1451    
1452    
1453    
1454    
1455     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 26]
1456    
1457     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1458    
1459    
1460     6.2.11. Getting information about an audio channel
1461    
1462     Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1463    
1464     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO <device-id> <audio-chan>
1465    
1466     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as
1467     given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST
1468     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command and <audio-chan> the
1469     audio channel number.
1470    
1471     Possible Answers:
1472    
1473     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1474     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1475     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1476     character string to that info category. At the moment the
1477     following information categories are defined:
1478    
1479    
1480    
1481     NAME -
1482    
1483     arbitrary character string naming the channel, which doesn't
1484     have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)
1485    
1486     IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
1487    
1488     either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
1489     independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which is
1490     mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is needed for
1491     sampler engines which need more audio channels than the used
1492     audio system might be able to offer (always returned by all
1493     audio channels)
1494    
1495     MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
1496    
1497     numerical ID (positive integer including 0) which reflects
1498     the real audio channel (of the same audio output device)
1499     this mix channel refers to, means where the audio signal
1500     actually will be routed / added to (only returned in case
1501     the audio channel is mix channel)
1502    
1503     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
1504     fields above are only those fields which are generally returned for
1505     the described cases by all audio channels regardless of the audio
1506     driver. Every audio channel might have its own, additional driver
1507     and channel specific parameters.
1508    
1509    
1510    
1511     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 27]
1512    
1513     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1514    
1515    
1516     Examples:
1517    
1518     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
1519    
1520     S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
1521    
1522     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1523    
1524     "."
1525    
1526     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"
1527    
1528     S: "NAME: studio monitor right"
1529    
1530     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1531    
1532     "."
1533    
1534     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"
1535    
1536     S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
1537    
1538     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"
1539    
1540     "MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"
1541    
1542     "."
1543    
1544     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"
1545    
1546     S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"
1547    
1548     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1549    
1550     "JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"
1551    
1552     "."
1553    
1554     6.2.12. Getting information about specific audio channel parameter
1555    
1556     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
1557     audio channel parameter:
1558    
1559     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <chan> <param>
1560    
1561     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as
1562     returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST
1563     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command, <chan> the audio
1564    
1565    
1566    
1567     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 28]
1568    
1569     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1570    
1571    
1572     channel number and <param> a specific channel parameter name for
1573     which information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET
1574     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.2.11) command).
1575    
1576     Possible Answers:
1577    
1578     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1579     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1580     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1581     character string to that info category. There are information
1582     which is always returned, independently of the given channel
1583     parameter and there is optional information which is only shown
1584     dependently to the given audio channel. At the moment the
1585     following information categories are defined:
1586    
1587    
1588    
1589     TYPE -
1590    
1591     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1592     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1593     character string(s) (always returned)
1594    
1595     DESCRIPTION -
1596    
1597     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1598     (always returned)
1599    
1600     FIX -
1601    
1602     either true or false, if true then this parameter is read
1603     only, thus cannot be altered (always returned)
1604    
1605     MULTIPLICITY -
1606    
1607     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only
1608     one value or a list of values, where true means multiple
1609     values and false only a single value allowed (always
1610     returned)
1611    
1612     RANGE_MIN -
1613    
1614     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1615     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1616     number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX', but
1617     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1618     driver and channel parameter)
1619    
1620    
1621    
1622    
1623     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 29]
1624    
1625     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1626    
1627    
1628     RANGE_MAX -
1629    
1630     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1631     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1632     number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN', but
1633     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1634     driver and channel parameter)
1635    
1636     POSSIBILITIES -
1637    
1638     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1639     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes
1640     (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
1641     parameter)
1642    
1643     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1644    
1645     Example:
1646    
1647     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"
1648    
1649     S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"
1650    
1651     "TYPE: STRING"
1652    
1653     "FIX: false"
1654    
1655     "MULTIPLICITY: true"
1656    
1657     "POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"
1658    
1659     "."
1660    
1661     6.2.13. Changing settings of audio output channels
1662    
1663     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio
1664     output channel:
1665    
1666     SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER <dev-id> <chn> <key>=<value>
1667    
1668     Where <dev-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1669     output device as returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1670     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1671     command, <chn> by the audio channel number, <key> by the name of the
1672     parameter to change and <value> by the new value for this parameter.
1673    
1674     Possible Answers:
1675    
1676    
1677    
1678    
1679     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 30]
1680    
1681     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1682    
1683    
1684     "OK" -
1685    
1686     in case setting was successfully changed
1687    
1688     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1689    
1690     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1691     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
1692     code and warning message
1693    
1694     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1695    
1696     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1697     error message
1698    
1699     Example:
1700    
1701     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"
1702    
1703     S: "OK"
1704    
1705     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"
1706    
1707     S: "OK"
1708    
1709     6.3. Configuring MIDI input drivers
1710    
1711     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
1712     multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet
1713     as MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on
1714     another sampler channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also
1715     possible to create several devices of the same MIDI input type. This
1716     chapter describes all commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input
1717     devices and their parameters.
1718    
1719     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver
1720     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible
1721     values have to be obtained at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit
1722     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written
1723     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what
1724     parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-
1725     ends can even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in
1726     future without modifying the front-end at all.
1727    
1728     Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same
1729     as the commands for configuring audio output drivers, already
1730     described in the last chapter.
1731    
1732    
1733    
1734    
1735     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 31]
1736    
1737     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1738    
1739    
1740     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of
1741     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.
1742     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different
1743     parameter names and meanings than shown in these examples or might
1744     change in future, so these examples are only meant for showing how to
1745     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1746     possible values, etc.
1747    
1748     6.3.1. Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers
1749    
1750     Use the following command to get the number of MIDI input drivers
1751     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
1752    
1753     GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
1754    
1755     Possible Answers:
1756    
1757     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available MIDI
1758     input drivers.
1759    
1760     Example:
1761    
1762     C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
1763    
1764     S: "2"
1765    
1766     6.3.2. Getting all available MIDI input drivers
1767    
1768     Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently
1769     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
1770    
1771     LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
1772    
1773     Possible Answers:
1774    
1775     LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
1776     strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
1777    
1778     Example:
1779    
1780     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
1781    
1782     S: "ALSA,JACK"
1783    
1784    
1785    
1786    
1787    
1788    
1789    
1790    
1791     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 32]
1792    
1793     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1794    
1795    
1796     6.3.3. Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver
1797    
1798     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1799     specific MIDI input driver:
1800    
1801     GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO <midi-input-driver>
1802    
1803     Where <midi-input-driver> is the name of the MIDI input driver as
1804     returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2)
1805     command.
1806    
1807     Possible Answers:
1808    
1809     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1810     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1811     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1812     character string to that info category. At the moment the
1813     following information categories are defined:
1814    
1815    
1816    
1817     DESCRIPTION -
1818    
1819     arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver
1820    
1821     VERSION -
1822    
1823     arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version
1824    
1825     PARAMETERS -
1826    
1827     comma separated list of all parameters available for the
1828     given MIDI input driver
1829    
1830     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1831    
1832     Example:
1833    
1834     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1835    
1836     S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
1837    
1838     "VERSION: 1.0"
1839    
1840     "PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"
1841    
1842     "."
1843    
1844    
1845    
1846    
1847     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 33]
1848    
1849     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1850    
1851    
1852     6.3.4. Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter
1853    
1854     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1855     specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
1856    
1857     GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO <midit> <param> [<deplist>]
1858    
1859     Where <midit> is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned by the
1860     "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2) command, <param>
1861     a specific parameter name for which information should be obtained
1862     (as returned by the "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO" (Section 6.3.3)
1863     command) and <deplist> is an optional list of parameters on which the
1864     sought parameter <param> depends on, <deplist> is a key-value pair
1865     list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string
1866     values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with
1867     <deplist> which are not dependency parameters of <param> will be
1868     ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all
1869     parameters in <deplist> with the values selected by the user.
1870    
1871     Possible Answers:
1872    
1873     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1874     answer line begins with the information category name followed by a
1875     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info character
1876     string to that info category. There is information which is always
1877     returned, independent of the given driver parameter and there is
1878     optional information which is only shown dependent to given driver
1879     parameter. At the moment the following information categories are
1880     defined:
1881    
1882     TYPE -
1883    
1884     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1885     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1886     character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver
1887     parameter)
1888    
1889     DESCRIPTION -
1890    
1891     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
1892     returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1893    
1894     MANDATORY -
1895    
1896     either true or false, defines if this parameter must be given
1897     when the device is to be created with the 'CREATE
1898     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no
1899     matter which driver parameter)
1900    
1901    
1902    
1903     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 34]
1904    
1905     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1906    
1907    
1908     FIX -
1909    
1910     either true or false, if false then this parameter can be
1911     changed at any time, once the device is created by the 'CREATE
1912     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no
1913     matter which driver parameter)
1914    
1915     MULTIPLICITY -
1916    
1917     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
1918     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
1919     false only a single value allowed (always returned, no matter
1920     which driver parameter)
1921    
1922     DEPENDS -
1923    
1924     comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends on,
1925     means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN', 'RANGE_MAX'
1926     and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these listed parameters,
1927     for example assuming that an audio driver (like the ALSA
1928     driver) offers parameters 'card' and 'samplerate' then
1929     parameter 'samplerate' would depend on 'card' because the
1930     possible values for 'samplerate' depends on the sound card
1931     which can be chosen by the 'card' parameter (optionally
1932     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1933    
1934     DEFAULT -
1935    
1936     reflects the default value for this parameter which is used
1937     when the device is created and not explicitly given with the
1938     'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command, in case of
1939     MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated list, that's why
1940     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')
1941     (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1942    
1943     RANGE_MIN -
1944    
1945     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1946     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1947     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MAX, but
1948     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1949     driver parameter)
1950    
1951     RANGE_MAX -
1952    
1953     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1954     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1955     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but
1956    
1957    
1958    
1959     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 35]
1960    
1961     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
1962    
1963    
1964     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1965     driver parameter)
1966    
1967     POSSIBILITIES -
1968    
1969     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1970     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
1971     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1972    
1973     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1974    
1975     Example:
1976    
1977     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"
1978    
1979     S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"
1980    
1981     "TYPE: BOOL"
1982    
1983     "MANDATORY: false"
1984    
1985     "FIX: false"
1986    
1987     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1988    
1989     "DEFAULT: true"
1990    
1991     "."
1992    
1993     6.3.5. Creating a MIDI input device
1994    
1995     Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the
1996     desired MIDI input system:
1997    
1998     CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <midi-input-driver> [<param-list>]
1999    
2000     Where <midi-input-driver> should be replaced by the desired MIDI
2001     input system as returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2002     (Section 6.3.2) command and <param-list> by an optional list of
2003     driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
2004     where character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes
2005     ('). Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to
2006     be given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
2007     this chapter to get that information.
2008    
2009     Possible Answers:
2010    
2011    
2012    
2013    
2014    
2015     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 36]
2016    
2017     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2018    
2019    
2020     "OK[<device-id>]" -
2021    
2022     in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>
2023     is the numerical ID of the new device
2024    
2025     "WRN[<device-id>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2026    
2027     in case the driver was loaded successfully, where <device-id>
2028     is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy
2029     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2030     warning message
2031    
2032     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2033    
2034     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2035     error message
2036    
2037     Example:
2038    
2039     C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
2040    
2041     S: "OK[0]"
2042    
2043     6.3.6. Destroying a MIDI input device
2044    
2045     Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2046    
2047     DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <device-id>
2048    
2049     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as
2050     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2051     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
2052    
2053     Possible Answers:
2054    
2055     "OK" -
2056    
2057     in case the device was successfully destroyed
2058    
2059     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2060    
2061     in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
2062     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2063     warning message
2064    
2065     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2066    
2067    
2068    
2069    
2070    
2071     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 37]
2072    
2073     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2074    
2075    
2076     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2077     error message
2078    
2079     Example:
2080    
2081     C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"
2082    
2083     S: "OK"
2084    
2085     6.3.7. Getting all created MIDI input device count
2086    
2087     Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2088    
2089     GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2090    
2091     Possible Answers:
2092    
2093     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all MIDI
2094     input devices.
2095    
2096     Example:
2097    
2098     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2099    
2100     S: "3"
2101    
2102     6.3.8. Getting all created MIDI input device list
2103    
2104     Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2105    
2106     LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2107    
2108     Possible Answers:
2109    
2110     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
2111     the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2112    
2113     Examples:
2114    
2115     C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2116    
2117     S: "0,1,2"
2118    
2119     C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2120    
2121     S: "1,3"
2122    
2123    
2124    
2125    
2126    
2127     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 38]
2128    
2129     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2130    
2131    
2132     6.3.9. Getting current settings of a MIDI input device
2133    
2134     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
2135     created MIDI input device:
2136    
2137     GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>
2138    
2139     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2140     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2141     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
2142    
2143     Possible Answers:
2144    
2145     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2146     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2147     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2148     character string to that info category. As some parameters might
2149     allow multiple values, character strings are encapsulated into
2150     apostrophes ('). At the moment the following information
2151     categories are defined (independent of driver):
2152    
2153    
2154    
2155     DRIVER -
2156    
2157     identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g. returned
2158     by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2)
2159     command
2160    
2161     ACTIVE -
2162    
2163     either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
2164     inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events and
2165     thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler channels
2166    
2167     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
2168     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all MIDI
2169     input devices. Every MIDI input driver might have its own,
2170     additional driver specific parameters (see "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER
2171     INFO" (Section 6.3.3) command) which are also returned by this
2172     command.
2173    
2174     Example:
2175    
2176     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
2177    
2178     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
2179    
2180    
2181    
2182    
2183     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 39]
2184    
2185     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2186    
2187    
2188     "ACTIVE: true"
2189    
2190     "."
2191    
2192     6.3.10. Changing settings of MIDI input devices
2193    
2194     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
2195     MIDI input device:
2196    
2197     SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER <device-id> <key>=<value>
2198    
2199     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
2200     input device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"
2201     (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command,
2202     <key> by the name of the parameter to change and <value> by the new
2203     value for this parameter.
2204    
2205     Possible Answers:
2206    
2207     "OK" -
2208    
2209     in case setting was successfully changed
2210    
2211     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2212    
2213     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2214     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2215     code and warning message
2216    
2217     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2218    
2219     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2220     error message
2221    
2222     Example:
2223    
2224     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
2225    
2226     S: "OK"
2227    
2228     6.3.11. Getting information about a MIDI port
2229    
2230     Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
2231    
2232     GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO <device-id> <midi-port>
2233    
2234     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2235     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2236    
2237    
2238    
2239     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 40]
2240    
2241     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2242    
2243    
2244     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command and <midi-port> the MIDI
2245     input port number.
2246    
2247     Possible Answers:
2248    
2249     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2250     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2251     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2252     character string to that info category. At the moment the
2253     following information categories are defined:
2254    
2255     NAME -
2256    
2257     arbitrary character string naming the port
2258    
2259     The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI ports
2260     regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port might have
2261     its own, additional driver and port specific parameters.
2262    
2263     Example:
2264    
2265     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"
2266    
2267     S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"
2268    
2269     "ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"
2270    
2271     "."
2272    
2273     6.3.12. Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter
2274    
2275     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
2276     MIDI port parameter:
2277    
2278     GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <port> <param>
2279    
2280     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2281     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2282     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> the MIDI port
2283     number and <param> a specific port parameter name for which
2284     information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET
2285     MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO" (Section 6.3.11) command).
2286    
2287     Possible Answers:
2288    
2289     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2290     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2291     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2292    
2293    
2294    
2295     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 41]
2296    
2297     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2298    
2299    
2300     character string to that info category. There is information
2301     which is always returned, independently of the given channel
2302     parameter and there is optional information which are only shown
2303     dependently to the given MIDI port. At the moment the following
2304     information categories are defined:
2305    
2306     TYPE -
2307    
2308     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2309     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2310     character string(s) (always returned)
2311    
2312     DESCRIPTION -
2313    
2314     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
2315     returned)
2316    
2317     FIX -
2318    
2319     either true or false, if true then this parameter is read only,
2320     thus cannot be altered (always returned)
2321    
2322     MULTIPLICITY -
2323    
2324     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
2325     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
2326     false only a single value allowed (always returned)
2327    
2328     RANGE_MIN -
2329    
2330     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2331     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
2332     this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX'
2333     but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
2334     driver and port parameter)
2335    
2336     RANGE_MAX -
2337    
2338     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2339     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
2340     this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN'
2341     but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
2342     driver and port parameter)
2343    
2344     POSSIBILITIES -
2345    
2346     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
2347     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
2348    
2349    
2350    
2351     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 42]
2352    
2353     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2354    
2355    
2356     returned, dependent to device and port parameter)
2357    
2358     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2359    
2360     Example:
2361    
2362     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"
2363    
2364     S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"
2365    
2366     "TYPE: STRING"
2367    
2368     "FIX: false"
2369    
2370     "MULTIPLICITY: true"
2371    
2372     "POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"
2373    
2374     "."
2375    
2376     6.3.13. Changing settings of MIDI input ports
2377    
2378     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input
2379     port:
2380    
2381     SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER <device-id> <port> <key>=<value>
2382    
2383     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
2384     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
2385     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> by the
2386     MIDI port number, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and
2387     <value> by the new value for this parameter (encapsulated into
2388     apostrophes) or NONE (not encapsulated into apostrophes) for
2389     specifying no value for parameters allowing a list of values.
2390    
2391     Possible Answers:
2392    
2393     "OK" -
2394    
2395     in case setting was successfully changed
2396    
2397     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2398    
2399     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2400     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2401     code and warning message
2402    
2403    
2404    
2405    
2406    
2407     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 43]
2408    
2409     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2410    
2411    
2412     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2413    
2414     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2415     error message
2416    
2417     Example:
2418    
2419     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS='20:0'"
2420    
2421     S: "OK"
2422    
2423     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS=NONE"
2424    
2425     S: "OK"
2426    
2427     6.4. Configuring sampler channels
2428    
2429     The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler
2430     channels, associate a sampler channel with a sampler engine, load
2431     instruments and connect sampler channels to MIDI and audio devices.
2432    
2433     6.4.1. Loading an instrument
2434    
2435     An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by
2436     one of the following commands:
2437    
2438     LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '<filename>' <instr-index> <sampler-
2439     channel>
2440    
2441     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file on the
2442     LinuxSampler instance's host system, <instr-index> the index of the
2443     instrument in the instrument file and <sampler-channel> is the number
2444     of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to. Each
2445     sampler channel can only have one instrument.
2446    
2447     Notice: since LSCP 1.2 the <filename> argument supports escape
2448     characters for special characters (see chapter "Character Set and
2449     Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)" for details) and accordingly
2450     backslash characters in the filename MUST now be escaped as well!
2451    
2452     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
2453     is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has
2454     been fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL
2455     version returns immediately and a background process is launched to
2456     load the instrument on the channel. The GET CHANNEL INFO
2457     (Section 6.4.10) command can be used to obtain loading progress from
2458     INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
2459     such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper
2460    
2461    
2462    
2463     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 44]
2464    
2465     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2466    
2467    
2468     format and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background
2469     process should any errors be detected at that point.
2470    
2471     Possible Answers:
2472    
2473     "OK" -
2474    
2475     in case the instrument was successfully loaded
2476    
2477     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2478    
2479     in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there are
2480     noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support one
2481     or more patch parameters provided by the loaded instrument
2482     file), providing an appropriate warning code and warning
2483     message
2484    
2485     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2486    
2487     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2488     error message
2489    
2490     Example (Unix):
2491    
2492     C: LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/joe/gigs/cello.gig' 0 0
2493    
2494     S: OK
2495    
2496     Example (Windows):
2497    
2498     C: LOAD INSTRUMENT 'D:/MySounds/cello.gig' 0 0
2499    
2500     S: OK
2501    
2502     6.4.2. Loading a sampler engine
2503    
2504     A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler channel
2505     by the following command:
2506    
2507     LOAD ENGINE <engine-name> <sampler-channel>
2508    
2509     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST
2510     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command and <sampler-channel> the
2511     sampler channel as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2512     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command where the engine type should
2513     be assigned to. This command should be issued after adding a new
2514     sampler channel and before any other control commands on the new
2515     sampler channel. It can also be used to change the engine type of a
2516    
2517    
2518    
2519     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 45]
2520    
2521     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2522    
2523    
2524     sampler channel. This command has (currently) no way to define or
2525     force if a new engine instance should be created and assigned to the
2526     given sampler channel or if an already existing instance of that
2527     engine type, shared with other sampler channels, should be used.
2528    
2529     Possible Answers:
2530    
2531     "OK" -
2532    
2533     in case the engine was successfully deployed
2534    
2535     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2536    
2537     in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there are
2538     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2539     code and warning message
2540    
2541     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2542    
2543     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2544     error message
2545    
2546     Example:
2547    
2548    
2549    
2550     6.4.3. Getting all created sampler channel count
2551    
2552     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2553     current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2554     following command:
2555    
2556     GET CHANNELS
2557    
2558     Possible Answers:
2559    
2560     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of
2561     sampler channels.
2562    
2563     Example:
2564    
2565     C: "GET CHANNELS"
2566    
2567     S: "12"
2568    
2569    
2570    
2571    
2572    
2573    
2574    
2575     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 46]
2576    
2577     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2578    
2579    
2580     6.4.4. Getting all created sampler channel list
2581    
2582     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2583     current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2584     following command:
2585    
2586     LIST CHANNELS
2587    
2588     Possible Answers:
2589    
2590     LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
2591     all sampler channels numerical IDs.
2592    
2593     Example:
2594    
2595     C: "LIST CHANNELS"
2596    
2597     S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
2598    
2599     6.4.5. Adding a new sampler channel
2600    
2601     A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler channel
2602     list by sending the following command:
2603    
2604     ADD CHANNEL
2605    
2606     This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
2607     sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
2608     list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
2609     right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
2610     input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize the
2611     new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel returned
2612     by the answer of this command to perform the previously recommended
2613     commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other front-ends that
2614     might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.
2615    
2616     Possible Answers:
2617    
2618     "OK[<sampler-channel>]" -
2619    
2620     in case a new sampler channel could be added, where <sampler-
2621     channel> reflects the channel number of the new created sampler
2622     channel which should be used to set up the sampler channel by
2623     sending subsequent initialization commands
2624    
2625     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2626    
2627    
2628    
2629    
2630    
2631     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 47]
2632    
2633     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2634    
2635    
2636     in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
2637     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2638     code and warning message
2639    
2640     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2641    
2642     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2643     error message
2644    
2645     Example:
2646    
2647    
2648    
2649     6.4.6. Removing a sampler channel
2650    
2651     A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
2652    
2653     REMOVE CHANNEL <sampler-channel>
2654    
2655     Where <sampler-channel> should be replaced by the number of the
2656     sampler channel as given by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2657     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command. The channel numbers of all
2658     subsequent sampler channels remain the same.
2659    
2660     Possible Answers:
2661    
2662     "OK" -
2663    
2664     in case the given sampler channel could be removed
2665    
2666     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2667    
2668     in case the given channel was removed, but there are noteworthy
2669     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2670     warning message
2671    
2672     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2673    
2674     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2675     error message
2676    
2677     Example:
2678    
2679    
2680    
2681    
2682    
2683    
2684    
2685    
2686    
2687     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 48]
2688    
2689     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2690    
2691    
2692     6.4.7. Getting amount of available engines
2693    
2694     The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending
2695     the following command:
2696    
2697     GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
2698    
2699     Possible Answers:
2700    
2701     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available
2702     engines.
2703    
2704     Example:
2705    
2706     C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
2707    
2708     S: "4"
2709    
2710     6.4.8. Getting all available engines
2711    
2712     The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending
2713     the following command:
2714    
2715     LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES
2716    
2717     Possible Answers:
2718    
2719     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of the
2720     engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Engine names
2721     can consist of lower and upper cases, digits and underlines ("_"
2722     character).
2723    
2724     Example:
2725    
2726     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
2727    
2728     S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"
2729    
2730     6.4.9. Getting information about an engine
2731    
2732     The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
2733     sending the following command:
2734    
2735     GET ENGINE INFO <engine-name>
2736    
2737     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST
2738     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command.
2739    
2740    
2741    
2742    
2743     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 49]
2744    
2745     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2746    
2747    
2748     Possible Answers:
2749    
2750     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2751     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2752     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2753     character string to that info category. At the moment the
2754     following categories are defined:
2755    
2756    
2757    
2758     DESCRIPTION -
2759    
2760     arbitrary description text about the engine (note that the
2761     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
2762    
2763     VERSION -
2764    
2765     arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version
2766    
2767     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2768    
2769     Example:
2770    
2771     C: "GET ENGINE INFO JoesCustomEngine"
2772    
2773     S: "DESCRIPTION: this is Joe's custom sampler engine"
2774    
2775     "VERSION: testing-1.0"
2776    
2777     "."
2778    
2779     6.4.10. Getting sampler channel information
2780    
2781     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
2782     by sending the following command:
2783    
2784     GET CHANNEL INFO <sampler-channel>
2785    
2786     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
2787     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2788     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
2789    
2790     Possible Answers:
2791    
2792     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2793     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
2794     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2795     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
2796    
2797    
2798    
2799     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 50]
2800    
2801     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2802    
2803    
2804     following categories are defined:
2805    
2806    
2807    
2808     ENGINE_NAME -
2809    
2810     name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
2811     channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for this
2812     sampler channel
2813    
2814     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
2815    
2816     numerical ID of the audio output device which is currently
2817     connected to this sampler channel to output the audio
2818     signal, "-1" if there's no device connected to this sampler
2819     channel
2820    
2821     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
2822    
2823     number of output channels the sampler channel offers
2824     (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)
2825    
2826     AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
2827    
2828     comma separated list which reflects to which audio channel
2829     of the selected audio output device each sampler output
2830     channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would mean the engine's
2831     output channel 0 is routed to channel 0 of the audio output
2832     device and the engine's output channel 1 is routed to the
2833     channel 3 of the audio output device
2834    
2835     INSTRUMENT_FILE -
2836    
2837     the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if there's no
2838     instrument yet loaded for this sampler channel (note: since
2839     LSCP 1.2 this path may contain escape sequences
2840     (Section 7.1))
2841    
2842     INSTRUMENT_NR -
2843    
2844     the instrument index number of the loaded instrument, "-1"
2845     if there's no instrument loaded for this sampler channel
2846    
2847     INSTRUMENT_NAME -
2848    
2849     the instrument name of the loaded instrument (note: since
2850     LSCP 1.2 this character string may contain escape sequences
2851     (Section 7.1))
2852    
2853    
2854    
2855     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 51]
2856    
2857     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2858    
2859    
2860     INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
2861    
2862     Integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress
2863     percentage for the instrument. Negative value indicates a
2864     loading exception (also returns "-1" in case no instrument
2865     was yet to be loaded on the sampler channel). Value of 100
2866     indicates that the instrument is fully loaded.
2867    
2868     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
2869    
2870     numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is currently
2871     connected to this sampler channel to deliver MIDI input
2872     commands, "-1" if there's no device connected to this
2873     sampler channel
2874    
2875     MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
2876    
2877     port number of the MIDI input device (in case a MIDI device
2878     was already assigned to the sampler channel)
2879    
2880     MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
2881    
2882     the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel should
2883     listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels
2884    
2885     VOLUME -
2886    
2887     optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
2888     (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0
2889     means amplification)
2890    
2891     MUTE -
2892    
2893     Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
2894     channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
2895     "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
2896     presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when there
2897     are no solo channels left
2898    
2899     SOLO -
2900    
2901     Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if the
2902     channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
2903    
2904     MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
2905    
2906     Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler channel
2907     is assigned to. Read chapter "SET CHANNEL
2908    
2909    
2910    
2911     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 52]
2912    
2913     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2914    
2915    
2916     MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.4.24) for a list of possible
2917     values.
2918    
2919     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2920    
2921     Example:
2922    
2923     C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
2924    
2925     S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
2926    
2927     "VOLUME: 1.0"
2928    
2929     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
2930    
2931     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
2932    
2933     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"
2934    
2935     "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"
2936    
2937     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
2938    
2939     "INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"
2940    
2941     "INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"
2942    
2943     "MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"
2944    
2945     "MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"
2946    
2947     "MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
2948    
2949     "VOLUME: 1.0"
2950    
2951     "MUTE: false"
2952    
2953     "SOLO: false"
2954    
2955     "MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
2956    
2957     "."
2958    
2959     6.4.11. Current number of active voices
2960    
2961     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
2962     sampler channel by sending the following command:
2963    
2964    
2965    
2966    
2967     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 53]
2968    
2969     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
2970    
2971    
2972     GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT <sampler-channel>
2973    
2974     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
2975     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2976     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
2977    
2978     Possible Answers:
2979    
2980     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active voices
2981     on that channel.
2982    
2983     Example:
2984    
2985    
2986    
2987     6.4.12. Current number of active disk streams
2988    
2989     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
2990     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
2991    
2992     GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT <sampler-channel>
2993    
2994     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
2995     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2996     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
2997    
2998     Possible Answers:
2999    
3000     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active disk
3001     streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
3002     streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
3003     return "NA" for not available.
3004    
3005     Example:
3006    
3007    
3008    
3009     6.4.13. Current fill state of disk stream buffers
3010    
3011     The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
3012     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
3013    
3014     GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES <sampler-channel>
3015    
3016     to get the fill state in bytes or
3017    
3018    
3019    
3020    
3021    
3022    
3023     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 54]
3024    
3025     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3026    
3027    
3028     GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE <sampler-channel>
3029    
3030     to get the fill state in percent, where <sampler-channel> is the
3031     sampler channel number the front-end is interested in as returned by
3032     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3033     command.
3034    
3035     Possible Answers:
3036    
3037     LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
3038     string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
3039     channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
3040     "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
3041     doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
3042     will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
3043     numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
3044     percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
3045     the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
3046     to sort them by itself if necessary.
3047    
3048     Examples:
3049    
3050     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
3051    
3052     S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
3053    
3054     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
3055    
3056     S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"
3057    
3058     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
3059    
3060     S: ""
3061    
3062     6.4.14. Setting audio output device
3063    
3064     The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
3065     channel by sending the following command:
3066    
3067     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <sampler-channel>
3068     <audio-device-id>
3069    
3070     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3071     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3072     (Section 6.4.4) command and <audio-device-id> is the numerical ID of
3073     the audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
3074     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
3075     command.
3076    
3077    
3078    
3079     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 55]
3080    
3081     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3082    
3083    
3084     Possible Answers:
3085    
3086     "OK" -
3087    
3088     on success
3089    
3090     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3091    
3092     if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
3093     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3094     warning message
3095    
3096     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3097    
3098     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3099     error message
3100    
3101     Examples:
3102    
3103    
3104    
3105     6.4.15. Setting audio output type
3106    
3107     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
3108    
3109     The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
3110     channel by sending the following command:
3111    
3112     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE <sampler-channel> <audio-output-
3113     type>
3114    
3115     Where <audio-output-type> is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
3116     <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number.
3117    
3118     Possible Answers:
3119    
3120     "OK" -
3121    
3122     on success
3123    
3124     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3125    
3126     if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3127     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3128     message
3129    
3130    
3131    
3132    
3133    
3134    
3135     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 56]
3136    
3137     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3138    
3139    
3140     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3141    
3142     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3143     error message
3144    
3145     Examples:
3146    
3147    
3148    
3149     6.4.16. Setting audio output channel
3150    
3151     The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
3152     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3153    
3154     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-chan> <audio-out>
3155     <audio-in>
3156    
3157     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3158     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3159     command, <audio-out> is the numerical ID of the sampler channel's
3160     audio output channel which should be rerouted and <audio-in> is the
3161     numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio output device
3162     where <audio-out> should be routed to.
3163    
3164     Possible Answers:
3165    
3166     "OK" -
3167    
3168     on success
3169    
3170     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3171    
3172     if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3173     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3174     warning message
3175    
3176     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3177    
3178     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3179     error message
3180    
3181     Examples:
3182    
3183    
3184    
3185    
3186    
3187    
3188    
3189    
3190    
3191     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 57]
3192    
3193     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3194    
3195    
3196     6.4.17. Setting MIDI input device
3197    
3198     The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
3199     channel by sending the following command:
3200    
3201     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <sampler-channel> <midi-device-id>
3202    
3203     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3204     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3205     command and <midi-device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input
3206     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
3207     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
3208    
3209     Possible Answers:
3210    
3211     "OK" -
3212    
3213     on success
3214    
3215     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3216    
3217     if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3218     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3219     message
3220    
3221     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3222    
3223     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3224     error message
3225    
3226     Examples:
3227    
3228    
3229    
3230     6.4.18. Setting MIDI input type
3231    
3232     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
3233    
3234     The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
3235     channel by sending the following command:
3236    
3237     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE <sampler-channel> <midi-input-type>
3238    
3239     Where <midi-input-type> is currently only "ALSA" and <sampler-
3240     channel> is the respective sampler channel number.
3241    
3242     Possible Answers:
3243    
3244    
3245    
3246    
3247     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 58]
3248    
3249     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3250    
3251    
3252     "OK" -
3253    
3254     on success
3255    
3256     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3257    
3258     if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3259     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3260     message
3261    
3262     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3263    
3264     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3265     error message
3266    
3267     Examples:
3268    
3269    
3270    
3271     6.4.19. Setting MIDI input port
3272    
3273     The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
3274     channel by sending the following command:
3275    
3276     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT <sampler-channel> <midi-input-port>
3277    
3278     Where <midi-input-port> is a MIDI input port number of the MIDI input
3279     device connected to the sampler channel given by <sampler-channel>.
3280    
3281     Possible Answers:
3282    
3283     "OK" -
3284    
3285     on success
3286    
3287     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3288    
3289     if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3290     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3291     message
3292    
3293     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3294    
3295     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3296     error message
3297    
3298     Examples:
3299    
3300    
3301    
3302    
3303     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 59]
3304    
3305     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3306    
3307    
3308    
3309    
3310     6.4.20. Setting MIDI input channel
3311    
3312     The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
3313     listen to by sending the following command:
3314    
3315     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-channel> <midi-input-chan>
3316    
3317     Where <midi-input-chan> is the number of the new MIDI input channel
3318     where <sampler-channel> should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all 16
3319     MIDI channels.
3320    
3321     Possible Answers:
3322    
3323     "OK" -
3324    
3325     on success
3326    
3327     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3328    
3329     if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3330     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3331     warning message
3332    
3333     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3334    
3335     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3336     error message
3337    
3338     Examples:
3339    
3340    
3341    
3342     6.4.21. Setting channel volume
3343    
3344     The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
3345     the following command:
3346    
3347     SET CHANNEL VOLUME <sampler-channel> <volume>
3348    
3349     Where <volume> is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
3350     smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than 1.0
3351     means amplification) and <sampler-channel> defines the sampler
3352     channel where this volume factor should be set.
3353    
3354     Possible Answers:
3355    
3356    
3357    
3358    
3359     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 60]
3360    
3361     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3362    
3363    
3364     "OK" -
3365    
3366     on success
3367    
3368     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3369    
3370     if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3371     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3372     message
3373    
3374     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3375    
3376     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3377     error message
3378    
3379     Examples:
3380    
3381    
3382    
3383     6.4.22. Muting a sampler channel
3384    
3385     The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler channel by sending
3386     the following command:
3387    
3388     SET CHANNEL MUTE <sampler-channel> <mute>
3389    
3390     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3391     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3392     (Section 6.4.4) command and <mute> should be replaced either by "1"
3393     to mute the channel or "0" to unmute the channel.
3394    
3395     Possible Answers:
3396    
3397     "OK" -
3398    
3399     on success
3400    
3401     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3402    
3403     if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
3404     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3405     warning message
3406    
3407     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3408    
3409     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3410     error message
3411    
3412    
3413    
3414    
3415     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 61]
3416    
3417     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3418    
3419    
3420     Examples:
3421    
3422    
3423    
3424     6.4.23. Soloing a sampler channel
3425    
3426     The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel by sending
3427     the following command:
3428    
3429     SET CHANNEL SOLO <sampler-channel> <solo>
3430    
3431     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3432     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3433     (Section 6.4.4) command and <solo> should be replaced either by "1"
3434     to solo the channel or "0" to unsolo the channel.
3435    
3436     Possible Answers:
3437    
3438     "OK" -
3439    
3440     on success
3441    
3442     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3443    
3444     if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
3445     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3446     warning message
3447    
3448     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3449    
3450     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3451     error message
3452    
3453     Examples:
3454    
3455    
3456    
3457     6.4.24. Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel
3458    
3459     The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler
3460     channel by sending the following command:
3461    
3462     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <sampler-channel> <map>
3463    
3464     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3465     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3466     (Section 6.4.4) command and <map> can have the following
3467     possibilites:
3468    
3469    
3470    
3471     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 62]
3472    
3473     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3474    
3475    
3476     "NONE" -
3477    
3478     This is the default setting. In this case the sampler channel
3479     is not assigned any MIDI instrument map and thus will ignore
3480     all MIDI program change messages.
3481    
3482     "DEFAULT" -
3483    
3484     The sampler channel will always use the default MIDI instrument
3485     map to handle MIDI program change messages.
3486    
3487     numeric ID -
3488    
3489     You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map by replacing
3490     <map> with the respective numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map
3491     as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4)
3492     command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler channel
3493     would fall back to "NONE".
3494    
3495     Read chapter "MIDI Instrument Mapping" (Section 6.7) for details
3496     regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
3497    
3498     Possible Answers:
3499    
3500     "OK" -
3501    
3502     on success
3503    
3504     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3505    
3506     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3507     error message
3508    
3509     Examples:
3510    
3511    
3512    
3513     6.4.25. Adding an effect send to a sampler channel
3514    
3515     The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific
3516     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3517    
3518     CREATE FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <midi-ctrl> [<name>]
3519    
3520     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3521     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3522     (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel on which the
3523     effect send should be created on, <midi-ctrl> is a number between
3524    
3525    
3526    
3527     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 63]
3528    
3529     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3530    
3531    
3532     0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the effect send
3533     level and <name> is an optional argument defining a name for the
3534     effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique, but MUST be
3535     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
3536     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
3537     (Section 7.1)".
3538    
3539     By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio
3540     channels are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the
3541     sampler channel's audio output device, that way you can i.e. first
3542     increase the amount of audio channels on the audio output device for
3543     having dedicated effect send output channels and when "CREATE
3544     FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically be picked. You
3545     can alter the destination channels however with "SET FX_SEND
3546     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.31).
3547    
3548     Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed,
3549     because having effect sends on a sampler channel will decrease
3550     runtime performance, because for implementing channel effect sends,
3551     separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render
3552     and mix the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the
3553     master outputs and effect send outputs (along with their respective
3554     effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect sends however
3555     can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio
3556     buffers and is thus faster.
3557    
3558     Possible Answers:
3559    
3560     "OK[<fx-send-id>]" -
3561    
3562     in case a new effect send could be added to the sampler
3563     channel, where <fx-send-id> reflects the unique ID of the newly
3564     created effect send entity
3565    
3566     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3567    
3568     when a new effect send could not be added, i.e. due to invalid
3569     parameters
3570    
3571     Examples:
3572    
3573     C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
3574    
3575     S: "OK[0]"
3576    
3577     C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
3578    
3579    
3580    
3581    
3582    
3583     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 64]
3584    
3585     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3586    
3587    
3588     S: "OK[1]"
3589    
3590     6.4.26. Removing an effect send from a sampler channel
3591    
3592     The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific
3593     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3594    
3595     DESTROY FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3596    
3597     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3598     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3599     (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel from which the
3600     effect send should be removed from and <fx-send-id> is the respective
3601     effect send number as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND"
3602     (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3603    
3604     Possible Answers:
3605    
3606     "OK" -
3607    
3608     on success
3609    
3610     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3611    
3612     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3613     error message
3614    
3615     Example:
3616    
3617     C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
3618    
3619     S: "OK"
3620    
3621     6.4.27. Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel
3622    
3623     The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific
3624     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3625    
3626     GET FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3627    
3628     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3629     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3630     (Section 6.4.4) command.
3631    
3632     Possible Answers:
3633    
3634    
3635    
3636    
3637    
3638    
3639     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 65]
3640    
3641     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3642    
3643    
3644     The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect sends on
3645     the given sampler channel.
3646    
3647     Example:
3648    
3649     C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
3650    
3651     S: "2"
3652    
3653     6.4.28. Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel
3654    
3655     The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific
3656     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3657    
3658     LIST FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3659    
3660     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3661     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3662     (Section 6.4.4) command.
3663    
3664     Possible Answers:
3665    
3666     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
3667     all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler channel.
3668    
3669     Examples:
3670    
3671     C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
3672    
3673     S: "0,1"
3674    
3675     C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
3676    
3677     S: ""
3678    
3679     6.4.29. Getting effect send information
3680    
3681     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send
3682     entity by sending the following command:
3683    
3684     GET FX_SEND INFO <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3685    
3686     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3687     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3688     command and <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3689     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3690     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3691    
3692    
3693    
3694    
3695     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 66]
3696    
3697     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3698    
3699    
3700     Possible Answers:
3701    
3702     The sampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
3703     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
3704     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
3705     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
3706     following categories are defined:
3707    
3708    
3709    
3710     NAME -
3711    
3712     name of the effect send entity (note that this character
3713     string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
3714    
3715     MIDI_CONTROLLER -
3716    
3717     a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
3718     which is able to modify the effect send's send level
3719    
3720     LEVEL -
3721    
3722     optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
3723     current send level (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation
3724     and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
3725    
3726     AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3727    
3728     comma separated list which reflects to which audio channel
3729     of the selected audio output device each effect send output
3730     channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would mean the effect
3731     send's output channel 0 is routed to channel 0 of the audio
3732     output device and the effect send's output channel 1 is
3733     routed to the channel 3 of the audio output device (see "SET
3734     FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.31) for details),
3735     if an internal send effect is assigned to the effect send,
3736     then this setting defines the audio channel routing to that
3737     effect instance respectively
3738    
3739     EFFECT -
3740    
3741     destination send effect chain ID and destination effect
3742     chain position, separated by comma in the form "<effect-
3743     chain>,<chain-pos>" or "NONE" if there is no send effect
3744     assigned to the effect send
3745    
3746     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3747    
3748    
3749    
3750    
3751     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 67]
3752    
3753     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3754    
3755    
3756     Example:
3757    
3758     C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
3759    
3760     S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
3761    
3762     "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
3763    
3764     "LEVEL: 0.3"
3765    
3766     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
3767    
3768     "EFFECT: NONE"
3769    
3770     "."
3771    
3772     C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 1"
3773    
3774     S: "NAME: Delay Send (Internal)"
3775    
3776     "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 93"
3777    
3778     "LEVEL: 0.51"
3779    
3780     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 1,2"
3781    
3782     "EFFECT: 2,0"
3783    
3784     "."
3785    
3786     6.4.30. Changing effect send's name
3787    
3788     The front-end can alter the current name of an effect send entity by
3789     sending the following command:
3790    
3791     SET FX_SEND NAME <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <name>
3792    
3793     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3794     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3795     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3796     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3797     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <name> is the new name of the
3798     effect send entity, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
3799     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
3800     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
3801     (Section 7.1)").
3802    
3803     Possible Answers:
3804    
3805    
3806    
3807     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 68]
3808    
3809     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3810    
3811    
3812     "OK" -
3813    
3814     on success
3815    
3816     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3817    
3818     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3819     error message
3820    
3821     Example:
3822    
3823     C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
3824    
3825     S: "OK"
3826    
3827     6.4.31. Altering effect send's audio routing
3828    
3829     The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio
3830     channel on a specific sampler channel by sending the following
3831     command:
3832    
3833     SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
3834     <audio-src> <audio-dst>
3835    
3836     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3837     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3838     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3839     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3840     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command, <audio-src> is the numerical ID
3841     of the effect send's audio channel which should be rerouted and
3842     <audio-dst> is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected
3843     audio output device where <audio-src> should be routed to. If an
3844     internal send effect is assigned to the effect send, then this
3845     setting defines the audio channel routing to that effect instance
3846     respectively.
3847    
3848     Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
3849     device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note
3850     that an effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio
3851     channels as its sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is
3852     stereo, the effect send does have two audio channels as well. Also
3853     keep in mind that the amount of audio channels on a sampler channel
3854     might be dependant not only to the deployed sampler engine on the
3855     sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument currently
3856     loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
3857     send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing
3858     appropriately.
3859    
3860    
3861    
3862    
3863     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 69]
3864    
3865     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3866    
3867    
3868     Possible Answers:
3869    
3870     "OK" -
3871    
3872     on success
3873    
3874     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3875    
3876     if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3877     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3878     warning message
3879    
3880     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3881    
3882     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3883     error message
3884    
3885     Example:
3886    
3887     C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
3888    
3889     S: "OK"
3890    
3891     6.4.32. Assigning destination effect to an effect send
3892    
3893     The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
3894     by sending the following command:
3895    
3896     SET FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <effect-chain>
3897     <chain-pos>
3898    
3899     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3900     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3901     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3902     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3903     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command, <effect-chain> by the numerical
3904     ID of the destination effect chain as returned by the "ADD
3905     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
3906     (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> reflects the exact effect
3907     chain position in the effect chain which hosts the actual destination
3908     effect.
3909    
3910     Possible Answers:
3911    
3912     "OK" -
3913    
3914     on success
3915    
3916    
3917    
3918    
3919     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 70]
3920    
3921     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3922    
3923    
3924     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3925    
3926     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3927     error message
3928    
3929     Example:
3930    
3931     C: "SET FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0 2 5"
3932    
3933     S: "OK"
3934    
3935     6.4.33. Removing destination effect from an effect send
3936    
3937     The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
3938     by sending the following command:
3939    
3940     REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
3941    
3942     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3943     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3944     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3945     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3946     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command.
3947    
3948     After the destination effect has been removed from the effect send,
3949     the audio signal of the effect send will be routed directly to the
3950     audio output device, according to the audio channel routing setting
3951     of the effect send.
3952    
3953     Possible Answers:
3954    
3955     "OK" -
3956    
3957     on success
3958    
3959     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3960    
3961     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3962     error message
3963    
3964     Example:
3965    
3966     C: "REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0"
3967    
3968     S: "OK"
3969    
3970    
3971    
3972    
3973    
3974    
3975     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 71]
3976    
3977     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
3978    
3979    
3980     6.4.34. Altering effect send's MIDI controller
3981    
3982     The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect send entity
3983     by sending the following command:
3984    
3985     SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <midi-
3986     ctrl>
3987    
3988     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3989     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3990     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3991     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
3992     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <midi-ctrl> reflects the MIDI
3993     controller which shall be able to modify the effect send's send
3994     level.
3995    
3996     Possible Answers:
3997    
3998     "OK" -
3999    
4000     on success
4001    
4002     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4003    
4004     if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4005     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4006     message
4007    
4008     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4009    
4010     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4011     error message
4012    
4013     Example:
4014    
4015     C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
4016    
4017     S: "OK"
4018    
4019     6.4.35. Altering effect send's send level
4020    
4021     The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect send
4022     entity by sending the following command:
4023    
4024     SET FX_SEND LEVEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <volume>
4025    
4026     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4027     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4028    
4029    
4030    
4031     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 72]
4032    
4033     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4034    
4035    
4036     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4037     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25) or "LIST
4038     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.28) command and <volume> is an optionally
4039     dotted positive number (a value smaller than 1.0 means attenuation,
4040     whereas a value greater than 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the
4041     new send level.
4042    
4043     Possible Answers:
4044    
4045     "OK" -
4046    
4047     on success
4048    
4049     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4050    
4051     if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4052     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4053     message
4054    
4055     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4056    
4057     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4058     error message
4059    
4060     Example:
4061    
4062     C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
4063    
4064     S: "OK"
4065    
4066     6.4.36. Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel
4067    
4068     The front-end can send MIDI events to a specific sampler channel by
4069     sending the following command:
4070    
4071     SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA <midi-msg> <sampler-chan> <arg1> <arg2>
4072    
4073     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4074     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4075     command, <arg1> and <arg2> arguments depend on the <midi-msg>
4076     argument, which specifies the MIDI message type. Currently, the
4077     following MIDI messages are supported:
4078    
4079     "NOTE_ON" -
4080    
4081     For turning on MIDI notes, where <arg1> specifies the key
4082     number and <arg2> the velocity as described in the MIDI
4083     specification.
4084    
4085    
4086    
4087     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 73]
4088    
4089     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4090    
4091    
4092     "NOTE_OFF" -
4093    
4094     For turning a currently playing MIDI note off, where <arg1>
4095     specifies the key number and <arg2> the velocity as described
4096     in the MIDI specification.
4097    
4098     "CC" -
4099    
4100     For changing a MIDI controller, where <arg1> specifies the
4101     controller number and <arg2> the new value of the controller as
4102     described in the Control Change section of the MIDI
4103     specification.
4104    
4105     CAUTION: This command is provided for implementations of virtual MIDI
4106     keyboards and no realtime guarantee whatsoever will be made!
4107    
4108     Possible Answers:
4109    
4110     "OK" -
4111    
4112     on success
4113    
4114     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4115    
4116     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4117     error message
4118    
4119     Example:
4120    
4121     C: "SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA NOTE_ON 0 56 112"
4122    
4123     S: "OK"
4124    
4125     6.4.37. Resetting a sampler channel
4126    
4127     The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the
4128     following command:
4129    
4130     RESET CHANNEL <sampler-channel>
4131    
4132     Where <sampler-channel> defines the sampler channel to be reset.
4133     This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
4134     eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
4135     reset.
4136    
4137     Possible Answers:
4138    
4139    
4140    
4141    
4142    
4143     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 74]
4144    
4145     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4146    
4147    
4148     "OK" -
4149    
4150     on success
4151    
4152     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4153    
4154     if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4155     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4156     message
4157    
4158     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4159    
4160     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4161     error message
4162    
4163     Examples:
4164    
4165    
4166    
4167     6.5. Controlling connection
4168    
4169     The following commands are used to control the connection to
4170     LinuxSampler.
4171    
4172     6.5.1. Register front-end for receiving event messages
4173    
4174     The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
4175     be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
4176    
4177     SUBSCRIBE <event-id>
4178    
4179     where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
4180     wants to subscribe to.
4181    
4182     Possible Answers:
4183    
4184     "OK" -
4185    
4186     on success
4187    
4188     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4189    
4190     if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4191     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4192     message
4193    
4194    
4195    
4196    
4197    
4198    
4199     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 75]
4200    
4201     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4202    
4203    
4204     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4205    
4206     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4207     error message
4208    
4209     Examples:
4210    
4211    
4212    
4213     6.5.2. Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages
4214    
4215     The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive
4216     event messages anymore by sending the following command:
4217    
4218     UNSUBSCRIBE <event-id>
4219    
4220     Where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
4221     doesn't want to receive anymore.
4222    
4223     Possible Answers:
4224    
4225     "OK" -
4226    
4227     on success
4228    
4229     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4230    
4231     if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4232     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4233     message
4234    
4235     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4236    
4237     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4238     error message
4239    
4240     Examples:
4241    
4242    
4243    
4244     6.5.3. Enable or disable echo of commands
4245    
4246     To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the
4247     following command can be used:
4248    
4249     SET ECHO <value>
4250    
4251     Where <value> should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode or
4252    
4253    
4254    
4255     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 76]
4256    
4257     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4258    
4259    
4260     "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all commands
4261     send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and after this
4262     echo the actual response to the command will be returned. Echo mode
4263     will only be altered for the client connection that issued the "SET
4264     ECHO" command, not globally for all client connections.
4265    
4266     Possible Answers:
4267    
4268     "OK" -
4269    
4270     usually
4271    
4272     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4273    
4274     on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value
4275    
4276     Examples:
4277    
4278    
4279    
4280     6.5.4. Close client connection
4281    
4282     The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by
4283     sending the following command:
4284    
4285     QUIT
4286    
4287     This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
4288     LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
4289    
4290     6.6. Global commands
4291    
4292     The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
4293    
4294     6.6.1. Current number of active voices
4295    
4296     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on the
4297     sampler by sending the following command:
4298    
4299     GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
4300    
4301     Possible Answers:
4302    
4303     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4304     voices on the sampler.
4305    
4306    
4307    
4308    
4309    
4310    
4311     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 77]
4312    
4313     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4314    
4315    
4316     6.6.2. Maximum amount of active voices
4317    
4318     The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices by
4319     sending the following command:
4320    
4321     GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
4322    
4323     Possible Answers:
4324    
4325     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number of active
4326     voices.
4327    
4328     6.6.3. Current number of active disk streams
4329    
4330     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4331     on the sampler by sending the following command:
4332    
4333     GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
4334    
4335     Possible Answers:
4336    
4337     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4338     disk streams on the sampler.
4339    
4340     6.6.4. Reset sampler
4341    
4342     The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following
4343     command:
4344    
4345     RESET
4346    
4347     Possible Answers:
4348    
4349     "OK" -
4350    
4351     always
4352    
4353     Examples:
4354    
4355    
4356    
4357     6.6.5. General sampler informations
4358    
4359     The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
4360     instance by sending the following command:
4361    
4362    
4363    
4364    
4365    
4366    
4367     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 78]
4368    
4369     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4370    
4371    
4372     GET SERVER INFO
4373    
4374     Possible Answers:
4375    
4376     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
4377     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
4378     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
4379     character string to that information category. At the moment the
4380     following categories are defined:
4381    
4382    
4383    
4384     DESCRIPTION -
4385    
4386     arbitrary textual description about the sampler (note that
4387     the character string may contain escape sequences
4388     (Section 7.1))
4389    
4390     VERSION -
4391    
4392     version of the sampler
4393    
4394     PROTOCOL_VERSION -
4395    
4396     version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with
4397     (see Section 2 for details)
4398    
4399     INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
4400    
4401     either yes or no, specifies whether the sampler is build
4402     with instruments database support.
4403    
4404     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4405     Other fields might be added in future.
4406    
4407     6.6.6. Getting global volume attenuation
4408    
4409     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
4410     attenuation by sending the following command:
4411    
4412     GET VOLUME
4413    
4414     Possible Answers:
4415    
4416     The sampler will always answer by returning the optional dotted
4417     floating point coefficient, reflecting the current global volume
4418     attenuation.
4419    
4420    
4421    
4422    
4423     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 79]
4424    
4425     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4426    
4427    
4428     Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey that
4429     global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD use
4430     this parameter.
4431    
4432     6.6.7. Setting global volume attenuation
4433    
4434     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
4435     attenuation by sending the following command:
4436    
4437     SET VOLUME <volume>
4438    
4439     Where <volume> should be replaced by the optional dotted floating
4440     point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter. This value
4441     might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that is for
4442     attenuating the overall volume.
4443    
4444     Possible Answers:
4445    
4446     "OK" -
4447    
4448     on success
4449    
4450     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4451    
4452     if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4453     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4454     message
4455    
4456     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4457    
4458     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4459     error message
4460    
4461     6.6.8. Getting global voice limit
4462    
4463     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4464     maximum voices by sending the following command:
4465    
4466     GET VOICES
4467    
4468     Possible Answers:
4469    
4470     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4471     limit of maximum voices.
4472    
4473     The voice limit setting defines how many voices should maximum be
4474     processed by the sampler at the same time. If the user triggers new
4475     notes which would exceed that voice limit, the sampler engine will
4476    
4477    
4478    
4479     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 80]
4480    
4481     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4482    
4483    
4484     react by stealing old voices for those newly triggered notes. Note
4485     that the amount of voices triggered by a new note can be larger than
4486     one and is dependent to the respective instrument and probably
4487     further criterias.
4488    
4489     6.6.9. Setting global voice limit
4490    
4491     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4492     maximum voices by sending the following command:
4493    
4494     SET VOICES <max-voices>
4495    
4496     Where <max-voices> should be replaced by the integer value,
4497     reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum voices. This value
4498     has to be larger than 0.
4499    
4500     Possible Answers:
4501    
4502     "OK" -
4503    
4504     on success
4505    
4506     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4507    
4508     if the voice limit was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4509     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4510     message
4511    
4512     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4513    
4514     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4515     error message
4516    
4517     Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4518     The total amount of maximum voices on the running system might thus
4519     be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4520     engine instances.
4521    
4522     Caution: when adjusting the voice limit, you SHOULD also adjust the
4523     disk stream limit respectively and vice versa.
4524    
4525     6.6.10. Getting global disk stream limit
4526    
4527     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4528     maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4529    
4530    
4531    
4532    
4533    
4534    
4535     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 81]
4536    
4537     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4538    
4539    
4540     GET STREAMS
4541    
4542     Possible Answers:
4543    
4544     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4545     limit of maximum disk streams.
4546    
4547     The disk stream limit setting defines how many disk streams should
4548     maximum be processed by a sampler engine at the same time. The
4549     higher this value, the more memory (RAM) will be occupied, since
4550     every disk streams allocates a certain buffer size for being able to
4551     perform its streaming operations.
4552    
4553     6.6.11. Setting global disk stream limit
4554    
4555     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4556     maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4557    
4558     SET STREAMS <max-streams>
4559    
4560     Where <max-streams> should be replaced by the integer value,
4561     reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum disk streams. This
4562     value has to be positive.
4563    
4564     Possible Answers:
4565    
4566     "OK" -
4567    
4568     on success
4569    
4570     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4571    
4572     if the disk stream limit was set, but there are noteworthy
4573     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4574     warning message
4575    
4576     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4577    
4578     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4579     error message
4580    
4581     Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4582     The total amount of maximum disk streams on the running system might
4583     thus be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4584     engine instances.
4585    
4586     Caution: when adjusting the disk stream limit, you SHOULD also adjust
4587     the voice limit respectively and vice versa.
4588    
4589    
4590    
4591     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 82]
4592    
4593     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4594    
4595    
4596     6.7. MIDI Instrument Mapping
4597    
4598     The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments by
4599     sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change messages
4600     which are essentially just numbers. The following commands allow to
4601     actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change numbers with
4602     real instruments.
4603    
4604     The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI instrument
4605     maps which define which instrument to load on which MIDI program
4606     change message.
4607    
4608     By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no map,
4609     thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change messages. The
4610     front-end has to explicitly create at least one map, add entries to
4611     the map and tell the respective sampler channel(s) which MIDI
4612     instrument map to use, so the sampler knows how to react on a given
4613     program change message on the respective sampler channel, that is by
4614     switching to the respectively defined engine type and loading the
4615     respective instrument. See command "SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4616     (Section 6.4.24) for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
4617     channel.
4618    
4619     Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not cause
4620     to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a bank
4621     select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent program
4622     change message (which may occur at any time) will finally cause the
4623     sampler to switch to the respective instrument as reflected by the
4624     current MIDI instrument map.
4625    
4626     6.7.1. Create a new MIDI instrument map
4627    
4628     The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending the
4629     following command:
4630    
4631     ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [<name>]
4632    
4633     Where <name> is an optional argument allowing to assign a custom name
4634     to the new map. MIDI instrument Map names do not have to be unique,
4635     but MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes and support escape
4636     sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4637     (Section 7.1)".
4638    
4639     Possible Answers:
4640    
4641     "OK[<map>]" -
4642    
4643    
4644    
4645    
4646    
4647     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 83]
4648    
4649     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4650    
4651    
4652     in case a new MIDI instrument map could be added, where <map>
4653     reflects the unique ID of the newly created MIDI instrument map
4654    
4655     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4656    
4657     when a new map could not be created, which might never occur in
4658     practice
4659    
4660     Examples:
4661    
4662     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
4663    
4664     S: "OK[0]"
4665    
4666     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
4667    
4668     S: "OK[1]"
4669    
4670     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4671    
4672     S: "OK[5]"
4673    
4674     6.7.2. Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps
4675    
4676     The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map by sending
4677     the following command:
4678    
4679     REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <map>
4680    
4681     Where <map> reflects the unique ID of the map to delete as returned
4682     by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4) command.
4683    
4684     The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by sending the
4685     following command:
4686    
4687     REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
4688    
4689     Possible Answers:
4690    
4691     "OK" -
4692    
4693     in case the map(s) could be deleted
4694    
4695     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4696    
4697     when the given map does not exist
4698    
4699     Examples:
4700    
4701    
4702    
4703     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 84]
4704    
4705     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4706    
4707    
4708     C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
4709    
4710     S: "OK"
4711    
4712     C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
4713    
4714     S: "OK"
4715    
4716     6.7.3. Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps
4717    
4718     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI instrument maps
4719     by sending the following command:
4720    
4721     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
4722    
4723     Possible Answers:
4724    
4725     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of MIDI
4726     instrument maps.
4727    
4728     Example:
4729    
4730     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4731    
4732     S: "2"
4733    
4734     6.7.4. Getting all created MIDI instrument maps
4735    
4736     The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
4737     current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
4738     following command:
4739    
4740     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
4741    
4742     Possible Answers:
4743    
4744     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
4745     all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
4746    
4747     Example:
4748    
4749     C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4750    
4751     S: "0,1,5,12"
4752    
4753    
4754    
4755    
4756    
4757    
4758    
4759     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 85]
4760    
4761     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4762    
4763    
4764     6.7.5. Getting MIDI instrument map information
4765    
4766     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI instrument
4767     map by sending the following command:
4768    
4769     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO <map>
4770    
4771     Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map the front-end is
4772     interested in as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
4773     (Section 6.7.4) command.
4774    
4775     Possible Answers:
4776    
4777     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
4778     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
4779     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
4780     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
4781     following categories are defined:
4782    
4783    
4784    
4785     NAME -
4786    
4787     custom name of the given map, which does not have to be
4788     unique (note that this character string may contain escape
4789     sequences (Section 7.1))
4790    
4791     DEFAULT -
4792    
4793     either true or false, defines whether this map is the
4794     default map
4795    
4796     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4797    
4798     Example:
4799    
4800     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
4801    
4802     S: "NAME: Standard Map"
4803    
4804     "DEFAULT: true"
4805    
4806     "."
4807    
4808    
4809    
4810    
4811    
4812    
4813    
4814    
4815     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 86]
4816    
4817     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4818    
4819    
4820     6.7.6. Renaming a MIDI instrument map
4821    
4822     The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI instrument map by
4823     sending the following command:
4824    
4825     SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME <map> <name>
4826    
4827     Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map and <name> the new custom
4828     name of the map, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
4829     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
4830     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4831     (Section 7.1)").
4832    
4833     Possible Answers:
4834    
4835     "OK" -
4836    
4837     on success
4838    
4839     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4840    
4841     in case the given map does not exist
4842    
4843     Example:
4844    
4845     C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
4846    
4847     S: "OK"
4848    
4849     6.7.7. Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry
4850    
4851     The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry in a
4852     sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
4853    
4854     MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
4855     <engine_name> <filename> <instrument_index> <volume_value>
4856     [<instr_load_mode>] [<name>]
4857    
4858     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to alter, <midi_bank> is an
4859     integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
4860     <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
4861     program change index, <engine_name> a sampler engine name as returned
4862     by the "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command (not
4863     encapsulated into apostrophes), <filename> the name of the
4864     instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes,
4865     supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
4866     and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)"), <instrument_index> the index
4867     (integer value) of the instrument within the given file,
4868    
4869    
4870    
4871     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 87]
4872    
4873     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4874    
4875    
4876     <volume_value> reflects the master volume of the instrument as
4877     optionally dotted number (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a
4878     value > 1.0 means amplification). This parameter easily allows to
4879     adjust the volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
4880     without having to adjust their instrument files. The OPTIONAL
4881     <instr_load_mode> argument defines the life time of the instrument,
4882     that is when the instrument should be loaded, when freed and has
4883     exactly the following possibilities:
4884    
4885     "ON_DEMAND" -
4886    
4887     The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
4888     demanded by at least one sampler channel. It will immediately
4889     be freed from memory when not needed by any sampler channel
4890     anymore.
4891    
4892     "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
4893    
4894     The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
4895     demanded by at least one sampler channel. It will be kept in
4896     memory even when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
4897     Instruments with this mode are only freed when the sampler is
4898     reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and respective
4899     instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no
4900     sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
4901    
4902     "PERSISTENT" -
4903    
4904     The instrument will immediately be loaded into memory when this
4905     mapping command is sent and the instrument is kept all the
4906     time. Instruments with this mode are only freed when the
4907     sampler is reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and
4908     respective instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND"
4909     and no sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
4910    
4911     not supplied -
4912    
4913     In case there is no <instr_load_mode> argument given, it will
4914     be up to the InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
4915     Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry for the given
4916     instrument does not exist in the InstrumentManager's list yet,
4917     otherwise if an entry already exists, it will simply stick with
4918     the mode currently reflected by the already existing entry,
4919     that is it will not change the mode.
4920    
4921     The <instr_load_mode> argument thus allows to define an appropriate
4922     strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast instrument switching) for
4923     each instrument individually. Note, the following restrictions apply
4924    
4925    
4926    
4927     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 88]
4928    
4929     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4930    
4931    
4932     to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and "PERSISTENT" have to be
4933     supported by the respective sampler engine (which is technically the
4934     case when the engine provides an InstrumentManager for its format).
4935     If this is not the case the argument will automatically fall back to
4936     the default value "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument
4937     may automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
4938     because the instruments are part of the same file and the engine does
4939     not allow a way to manage load modes for them individually. Due to
4940     this, in case the frontend shows the load modes of entries, the
4941     frontend should retrieve the actual mode by i.e. sending "GET
4942     MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11) command(s). Finally the
4943     OPTIONAL <name> argument allows to set a custom name (encapsulated
4944     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
4945     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") for the mapping
4946     entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
4947     mapped instruments (using "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
4948     (Section 6.7.11)).
4949    
4950     By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
4951     completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL"
4952     argument however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command
4953     to return immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the
4954     mapping in the background. So this argument might be especially
4955     useful for mappings with a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to
4956     load the respective instruments immediately and might thus block for
4957     a very long time. It is recommended however to use the OPTIONAL
4958     "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary, because it has the
4959     following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return immediately,
4960     they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
4961     instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent
4962     commands in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory
4963     mappings are not yet completed.
4964    
4965     Possible Answers:
4966    
4967     "OK" -
4968    
4969     usually
4970    
4971     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4972    
4973     when the given map or engine does not exist or a value is out
4974     of range
4975    
4976     Examples:
4977    
4978    
4979    
4980    
4981    
4982    
4983     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 89]
4984    
4985     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
4986    
4987    
4988     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0
4989     0.8 PERSISTENT"
4990    
4991     S: "OK"
4992    
4993     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7
4994     1.0"
4995    
4996     S: "OK"
4997    
4998     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0
4999     'Normal Piano'"
5000    
5001     S: "OK"
5002    
5003     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25
5004     'Silent Piano'"
5005    
5006     S: "OK"
5007    
5008     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/
5009     foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
5010    
5011     S: "OK"
5012    
5013     6.7.8. Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries
5014    
5015     The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in a
5016     MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5017    
5018     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5019    
5020     The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in
5021     all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5022    
5023     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5024    
5025     Possible Answers:
5026    
5027     The sampler will answer by sending the current number of entries
5028     in the MIDI instrument map(s).
5029    
5030     Example:
5031    
5032     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5033    
5034     S: "234"
5035    
5036    
5037    
5038    
5039     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 90]
5040    
5041     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5042    
5043    
5044     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5045    
5046     S: "954"
5047    
5048     6.7.9. Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map
5049    
5050     The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries in a
5051     certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5052    
5053     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5054    
5055     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
5056    
5057     The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries of
5058     all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5059    
5060     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5061    
5062     Possible Answers:
5063    
5064     The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of map
5065     ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where each triple is
5066     encapsulated into curly braces. The list is returned in one
5067     single line. Each triple just reflects the key of the respective
5068     map entry, thus subsequent "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
5069     (Section 6.7.11) command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed
5070     informations about each entry.
5071    
5072     Example:
5073    
5074     C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5075    
5076     S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
5077    
5078     6.7.10. Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map
5079    
5080     The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument map by
5081     sending the following command:
5082    
5083     UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5084    
5085     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5086     is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value
5087     and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
5088     program value of the map's entrie's key index triple.
5089    
5090     Possible Answers:
5091    
5092    
5093    
5094    
5095     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 91]
5096    
5097     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5098    
5099    
5100     "OK" -
5101    
5102     usually
5103    
5104     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5105    
5106     when index out of bounds
5107    
5108     Example:
5109    
5110     C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
5111    
5112     S: "OK"
5113    
5114     6.7.11. Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry
5115    
5116     The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
5117     instrument map entry by sending the following command:
5118    
5119     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5120    
5121     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5122     is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value,
5123     <midi_bank> and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127
5124     reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key index
5125     triple.
5126    
5127     Possible Answers:
5128    
5129     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5130     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
5131     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5132     character string to that info category. At the moment the
5133     following categories are defined:
5134    
5135     "NAME" -
5136    
5137     Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined). This
5138     name shall be used by frontends for displaying a name for this
5139     mapped instrument. It can be set and changed with the "MAP
5140     MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7) command and does not have to
5141     be unique. (note that this character string may contain escape
5142     sequences (Section 7.1))
5143    
5144     "ENGINE_NAME" -
5145    
5146     Name of the engine to be deployed for this instrument.
5147    
5148    
5149    
5150    
5151     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 92]
5152    
5153     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5154    
5155    
5156     "INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
5157    
5158     File name of the instrument (note that this path may contain
5159     escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5160    
5161     "INSTRUMENT_NR" -
5162    
5163     Index of the instrument within the file.
5164    
5165     "INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
5166    
5167     Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file. In
5168     contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
5169     cannot be changed (note that this character string may contain
5170     escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5171    
5172     "LOAD_MODE" -
5173    
5174     Life time of instrument (see "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"
5175     (Section 6.7.7) for details about this setting).
5176    
5177     "VOLUME" -
5178    
5179     master volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number
5180     (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
5181     amplification)
5182    
5183     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5184    
5185     Example:
5186    
5187     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
5188    
5189     S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
5190    
5191     "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
5192    
5193     "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
5194    
5195     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
5196    
5197     "INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
5198    
5199     "LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
5200    
5201     "VOLUME: 1.0"
5202    
5203    
5204    
5205    
5206    
5207     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 93]
5208    
5209     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5210    
5211    
5212     "."
5213    
5214     6.7.12. Clear MIDI instrument map
5215    
5216     The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that is delete
5217     all its entries by sending the following command:
5218    
5219     CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5220    
5221     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
5222    
5223     The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that is delete all
5224     entries of all maps by sending the following command:
5225    
5226     CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5227    
5228     The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the maps,
5229     only their entries, thus the map's settings like custom name will be
5230     preservevd.
5231    
5232     Possible Answers:
5233    
5234     "OK" -
5235    
5236     always
5237    
5238     Examples:
5239    
5240     C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5241    
5242     S: "OK"
5243    
5244     C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5245    
5246     S: "OK"
5247    
5248     6.8. Managing Instruments Database
5249    
5250     The following commands describe how to use and manage the instruments
5251     database.
5252    
5253     Notice:
5254    
5255     All command arguments representing a path or instrument/directory
5256     name support escape sequences as described in chapter "Character
5257     Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)".
5258    
5259    
5260    
5261    
5262    
5263     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 94]
5264    
5265     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5266    
5267    
5268     All occurrences of a forward slash in instrument and directory
5269     names are escaped with its hex (\x2f) or octal (\057) escape
5270     sequence.
5271    
5272     6.8.1. Creating a new instrument directory
5273    
5274     The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the instruments
5275     database by sending the following command:
5276    
5277     ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir>
5278    
5279     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to be created
5280     (encapsulated into apostrophes).
5281    
5282     Possible Answers:
5283    
5284     "OK" -
5285    
5286     on success
5287    
5288     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5289    
5290     when the directory could not be created, which can happen if
5291     the directory already exists or the name contains not allowed
5292     symbols
5293    
5294     Examples:
5295    
5296     C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
5297    
5298     S: "OK"
5299    
5300     6.8.2. Deleting an instrument directory
5301    
5302     The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory from the
5303     instruments database by sending the following command:
5304    
5305     REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] <dir>
5306    
5307     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to delete.
5308     The optional FORCE argument can be used to force the deletion of a
5309     non-empty directory and all its content.
5310    
5311     Possible Answers:
5312    
5313     "OK" -
5314    
5315    
5316    
5317    
5318    
5319     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 95]
5320    
5321     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5322    
5323    
5324     if the directory is deleted successfully
5325    
5326     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5327    
5328     if the given directory does not exist, or if trying to delete a
5329     non-empty directory, without using the FORCE argument.
5330    
5331     Examples:
5332    
5333     C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
5334    
5335     S: "OK"
5336    
5337     6.8.3. Getting amount of instrument directories
5338    
5339     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of directories in a
5340     specific directory by sending the following command:
5341    
5342     GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5343    
5344     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5345     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all directories,
5346     including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
5347     will be returned.
5348    
5349     Possible Answers:
5350    
5351     The current number of instrument directories in the specified
5352     directory.
5353    
5354     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5355    
5356     if the given directory does not exist.
5357    
5358     Example:
5359    
5360     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5361    
5362     S: "2"
5363    
5364     6.8.4. Listing all directories in specific directory
5365    
5366     The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories in
5367     specific directory by sending the following command:
5368    
5369     LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5370    
5371     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5372    
5373    
5374    
5375     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 96]
5376    
5377     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5378    
5379    
5380     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
5381     directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
5382     specified directory, will be returned.
5383    
5384     Possible Answers:
5385    
5386     A comma separated list of all instrument directories (encapsulated
5387     into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
5388    
5389     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5390    
5391     if the given directory does not exist.
5392    
5393     Example:
5394    
5395     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5396    
5397     S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
5398    
5399     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"
5400    
5401     S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano
5402     Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"
5403    
5404     6.8.5. Getting instrument directory information
5405    
5406     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument
5407     directory by sending the following command:
5408    
5409     GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO <dir>
5410    
5411     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5412     directory the front-end is interested in.
5413    
5414     Possible Answers:
5415    
5416     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5417     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5418     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5419     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
5420     following categories are defined:
5421    
5422    
5423    
5424     DESCRIPTION -
5425    
5426     A brief description of the directory content. Note that the
5427     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5428    
5429    
5430    
5431     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 97]
5432    
5433     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5434    
5435    
5436     CREATED -
5437    
5438     The creation date and time of the directory, represented in
5439     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5440    
5441     MODIFIED -
5442    
5443     The date and time of the last modification of the directory,
5444     represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5445    
5446     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5447    
5448     Example:
5449    
5450     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
5451    
5452     S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler
5453     format."
5454    
5455     "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
5456    
5457     "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
5458    
5459     "."
5460    
5461     6.8.6. Renaming an instrument directory
5462    
5463     The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument directory
5464     by sending the following command:
5465    
5466     SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME <dir> <name>
5467    
5468     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <name> is
5469     the new name for that directory.
5470    
5471     Possible Answers:
5472    
5473     "OK" -
5474    
5475     on success
5476    
5477     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5478    
5479     in case the given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5480     with name equal to the new name already exists.
5481    
5482     Example:
5483    
5484    
5485    
5486    
5487     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 98]
5488    
5489     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5490    
5491    
5492     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic'
5493     'Acoustic'"
5494    
5495     S: "OK"
5496    
5497     6.8.7. Moving an instrument directory
5498    
5499     The front-end can move a specific instrument directory by sending the
5500     following command:
5501    
5502     MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5503    
5504     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to move and
5505     <dst> is the location where the directory will be moved to.
5506    
5507     Possible Answers:
5508    
5509     "OK" -
5510    
5511     on success
5512    
5513     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5514    
5515     in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5516     with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5517     exists in the destination directory. Error is also thrown when
5518     trying to move a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5519    
5520     Example:
5521    
5522     C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/
5523     Acoustic'"
5524    
5525     S: "OK"
5526    
5527     6.8.8. Copying instrument directories
5528    
5529     The front-end can copy a specific instrument directory by sending the
5530     following command:
5531    
5532     COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5533    
5534     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to copy and
5535     <dst> is the location where the directory will be copied to.
5536    
5537     Possible Answers:
5538    
5539    
5540    
5541    
5542    
5543     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 99]
5544    
5545     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5546    
5547    
5548     "OK" -
5549    
5550     on success
5551    
5552     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5553    
5554     in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5555     with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5556     exists in the destination directory. Error is also thrown when
5557     trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5558    
5559     Example:
5560    
5561     C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'
5562     '/Acoustic/Pianos'"
5563    
5564     S: "OK"
5565    
5566     6.8.9. Changing the description of directory
5567    
5568     The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument
5569     directory by sending the following command:
5570    
5571     SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION <dir> <desc>
5572    
5573     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <desc> is
5574     the new description for the directory (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5575     supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
5576     and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5577    
5578     Possible Answers:
5579    
5580     "OK" -
5581    
5582     on success
5583    
5584     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5585    
5586     in case the given directory does not exists.
5587    
5588     Example:
5589    
5590     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A
5591     collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
5592    
5593     S: "OK"
5594    
5595    
5596    
5597    
5598    
5599     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 100]
5600    
5601     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5602    
5603    
5604     6.8.10. Finding directories
5605    
5606     The front-end can search for directories in specific directory by
5607     sending the following command:
5608    
5609     FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-
5610     list>
5611    
5612     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5613     directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
5614     directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
5615     not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
5616     form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
5617     allowed:
5618    
5619     NAME='<search-string>'
5620    
5621     Restricts the search to directories, which names satisfy the
5622     supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
5623     escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
5624     Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5625    
5626     CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5627    
5628     Restricts the search to directories, which creation date satisfies
5629     the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
5630     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-after> is omitted the
5631     search is restricted to directories created before <date-before>.
5632     If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
5633     directories created after <date-after>.
5634    
5635     MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5636    
5637     Restricts the search to directories, which date of last
5638     modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
5639     and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-
5640     after> is omitted the search is restricted to directories, which
5641     are last modified before <date-before>. If <date-before> is
5642     omitted, the search is restricted to directories, which are last
5643     modified after <date-after>.
5644    
5645     DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
5646    
5647     Restricts the search to directories with description that
5648     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
5649     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5650     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5651    
5652    
5653    
5654    
5655     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 101]
5656    
5657     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5658    
5659    
5660     Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
5661     separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
5662    
5663     Possible Answers:
5664    
5665     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
5666     into apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory
5667     that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
5668    
5669     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5670    
5671     if the given directory does not exist.
5672    
5673     Example:
5674    
5675     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"
5676    
5677     S: "'/Piano Collection'"
5678    
5679     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:
5680     30:13'"
5681    
5682     S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"
5683    
5684     6.8.11. Adding instruments to the instruments database
5685    
5686     The front-end can add one or more instruments to the instruments
5687     database by sending the following command:
5688    
5689     ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [<mode>[ FILE_AS_DIR]] <db_dir>
5690     <file_path> [<instr_index>]
5691    
5692     Where <db_dir> is the absolute path name of a directory (encapsulated
5693     into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which only the new
5694     instruments (that are not already in the database) will be added,
5695     <file_path> is the absolute path name of a file or directory in the
5696     file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case an instrument
5697     file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified file will be
5698     added to the instruments database. If the optional <instr_index>
5699     (the index of the instrument within the given file) is supplied too,
5700     then only the specified instrument will be added. In case a
5701     directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory will be
5702     added. The OPTIONAL <mode> argument is only applied when a directory
5703     is provided as <file_path> and specifies how the scanning will be
5704     done and has exactly the following possibilities:
5705    
5706    
5707    
5708    
5709    
5710    
5711     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 102]
5712    
5713     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5714    
5715    
5716     "RECURSIVE" -
5717    
5718     All instruments will be processed, including those in the
5719     subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory tree structure
5720     will be recreated in the instruments database
5721    
5722     "NON_RECURSIVE" -
5723    
5724     Only the instruments in the specified directory will be added,
5725     the instruments in the subdirectories will not be processed.
5726    
5727     "FLAT" -
5728    
5729     All instruments will be processed, including those in the
5730     subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory structure will
5731     not be recreated in the instruments database. All instruments
5732     will be added directly in the specified database directory.
5733    
5734     If FILE_AS_DIR argument is supplied, all instruments in an instrument
5735     file will be added to a separate directory in the instruments
5736     database, which name will be the name of the instrument file with the
5737     file extension stripped off.
5738    
5739     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
5740     is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
5741     while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process
5742     is launched. The GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
5743     command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.
5744    
5745     Possible Answers:
5746    
5747     "OK" -
5748    
5749     on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied
5750    
5751     "OK[<job-id>]" -
5752    
5753     on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where <job-id> is a
5754     numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job
5755     progress. See GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
5756    
5757     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5758    
5759     if an invalid path is specified.
5760    
5761     Examples:
5762    
5763    
5764    
5765    
5766    
5767     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 103]
5768    
5769     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5770    
5771    
5772     C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI
5773     Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
5774    
5775     S: "OK"
5776    
5777     6.8.12. Removing an instrument
5778    
5779     The front-end can remove a particular instrument from the instruments
5780     database by sending the following command:
5781    
5782     REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr_path>
5783    
5784     Where <instr_path> is the absolute path name (in the instruments
5785     database) of the instrument to remove.
5786    
5787     Possible Answers:
5788    
5789     "OK" -
5790    
5791     if the instrument is removed successfully
5792    
5793     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5794    
5795     if the given path does not exist or is a directory.
5796    
5797     Examples:
5798    
5799     C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
5800    
5801     S: "OK"
5802    
5803     6.8.13. Getting amount of instruments
5804    
5805     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of instruments in a
5806     specific directory by sending the following command:
5807    
5808     GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5809    
5810     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5811     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all instruments,
5812     including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
5813     will be returned.
5814    
5815     Possible Answers:
5816    
5817     The current number of instruments in the specified directory.
5818    
5819    
5820    
5821    
5822    
5823     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 104]
5824    
5825     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5826    
5827    
5828     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5829    
5830     if the given directory does not exist.
5831    
5832     Example:
5833    
5834     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
5835    
5836     S: "2"
5837    
5838     6.8.14. Listing all instruments in specific directory
5839    
5840     The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments in
5841     specific directory by sending the following command:
5842    
5843     LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5844    
5845     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5846     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
5847     instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
5848     specified directory, will be returned.
5849    
5850     Possible Answers:
5851    
5852     A comma separated list of all instruments (encapsulated into
5853     apostrophes) in the specified directory.
5854    
5855     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5856    
5857     if the given directory does not exist.
5858    
5859     Example:
5860    
5861     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
5862    
5863     S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
5864    
5865     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"
5866    
5867     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
5868     Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"
5869    
5870     6.8.15. Getting instrument information
5871    
5872     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument by
5873     sending the following command:
5874    
5875    
5876    
5877    
5878    
5879     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 105]
5880    
5881     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5882    
5883    
5884     GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO <instr_path>
5885    
5886     Where <instr_path> should be replaced by the absolute path name of
5887     the instrument the front-end is interested in.
5888    
5889     Possible Answers:
5890    
5891     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5892     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5893     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5894     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
5895     following categories are defined:
5896    
5897    
5898    
5899     INSTRUMENT_FILE -
5900    
5901     File name of the instrument. Note that the character string
5902     may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5903    
5904     INSTRUMENT_NR -
5905    
5906     Index of the instrument within the file.
5907    
5908     FORMAT_FAMILY -
5909    
5910     The format family of the instrument.
5911    
5912     FORMAT_VERSION -
5913    
5914     The format version of the instrument.
5915    
5916     SIZE -
5917    
5918     The size of the instrument in bytes.
5919    
5920     CREATED -
5921    
5922     The date and time when the instrument is added in the
5923     instruments database, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
5924     format
5925    
5926     MODIFIED -
5927    
5928     The date and time of the last modification of the
5929     instrument's database settings, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD
5930     HH:MM:SS" format
5931    
5932    
5933    
5934    
5935     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 106]
5936    
5937     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5938    
5939    
5940     DESCRIPTION -
5941    
5942     A brief description of the instrument. Note that the
5943     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5944    
5945     IS_DRUM -
5946    
5947     either true or false, determines whether the instrument is a
5948     drumkit or a chromatic instrument
5949    
5950     PRODUCT -
5951    
5952     The product title of the instrument. Note that the
5953     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5954    
5955     ARTISTS -
5956    
5957     Lists the artist names. Note that the character string may
5958     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5959    
5960     KEYWORDS -
5961    
5962     Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
5963     Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank. Note that
5964     the character string may contain escape sequences
5965     (Section 7.1).
5966    
5967     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5968    
5969     Example:
5970    
5971     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
5972    
5973     S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
5974    
5975     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
5976    
5977     "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
5978    
5979     "FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
5980    
5981     "SIZE: 2050871870"
5982    
5983     "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
5984    
5985     "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
5986    
5987    
5988    
5989    
5990    
5991     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 107]
5992    
5993     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
5994    
5995    
5996     "DESCRIPTION: "
5997    
5998     "IS_DRUM: false"
5999    
6000     "PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
6001    
6002     "ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
6003    
6004     "KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
6005    
6006     "."
6007    
6008     6.8.16. Renaming an instrument
6009    
6010     The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument by sending
6011     the following command:
6012    
6013     SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME <instr> <name>
6014    
6015     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <name>
6016     is the new name for that instrument.
6017    
6018     Possible Answers:
6019    
6020     "OK" -
6021    
6022     on success
6023    
6024     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6025    
6026     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6027     instrument with name equal to the new name already exists.
6028    
6029     Example:
6030    
6031     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer'
6032     'Bosendorfer 290'"
6033    
6034     S: "OK"
6035    
6036     6.8.17. Moving an instrument
6037    
6038     The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
6039     sending the following command:
6040    
6041     MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6042    
6043     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to move and
6044    
6045    
6046    
6047     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 108]
6048    
6049     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6050    
6051    
6052     <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be moved to.
6053    
6054     Possible Answers:
6055    
6056     "OK" -
6057    
6058     on success
6059    
6060     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6061    
6062     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6063     instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6064     instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6065    
6066     Example:
6067    
6068     C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano
6069     Collection/Acoustic'"
6070    
6071     S: "OK"
6072    
6073     6.8.18. Copying instruments
6074    
6075     The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
6076     sending the following command:
6077    
6078     COPY DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6079    
6080     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to copy and
6081     <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be copied to.
6082    
6083     Possible Answers:
6084    
6085     "OK" -
6086    
6087     on success
6088    
6089     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6090    
6091     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6092     instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6093     instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6094    
6095     Example:
6096    
6097     C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'
6098     '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"
6099    
6100    
6101    
6102    
6103     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 109]
6104    
6105     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6106    
6107    
6108     S: "OK"
6109    
6110     6.8.19. Changing the description of instrument
6111    
6112     The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument by
6113     sending the following command:
6114    
6115     SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION <instr> <desc>
6116    
6117     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <desc>
6118     is the new description for the instrument (encapsulated into
6119     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6120     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6121    
6122     Possible Answers:
6123    
6124     "OK" -
6125    
6126     on success
6127    
6128     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6129    
6130     in case the given instrument does not exists.
6131    
6132     Example:
6133    
6134     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/
6135     Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
6136    
6137     S: "OK"
6138    
6139     6.8.20. Finding instruments
6140    
6141     The front-end can search for instruments in specific directory by
6142     sending the following command:
6143    
6144     FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-list>
6145    
6146     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
6147     directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
6148     directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
6149     not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
6150     form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
6151     allowed:
6152    
6153     NAME='<search-string>'
6154    
6155    
6156    
6157    
6158    
6159     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 110]
6160    
6161     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6162    
6163    
6164     Restricts the search to instruments, which names satisfy the
6165     supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
6166     escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
6167     Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6168    
6169     SIZE=[<min>]..[<max>]
6170    
6171     Restricts the search to instruments, which size is in the
6172     specified range. If <min> is omitted, the search results are
6173     restricted to instruments with size less then or equal to <max>.
6174     If <max> is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments with
6175     size greater then or equal to <min>.
6176    
6177     CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6178    
6179     Restricts the search to instruments, which creation date satisfies
6180     the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
6181     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-after> is omitted the
6182     search is restricted to instruments created before <date-before>.
6183     If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
6184     instruments created after <date-after>.
6185    
6186     MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6187    
6188     Restricts the search to instruments, which date of last
6189     modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
6190     and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-
6191     after> is omitted the search is restricted to instruments, which
6192     are last modified before <date-before>. If <date-before> is
6193     omitted, the search is restricted to instruments, which are last
6194     modified after <date-after>.
6195    
6196     DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
6197    
6198     Restricts the search to instruments with description that
6199     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6200     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6201     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6202    
6203     PRODUCT='<search-string>'
6204    
6205     Restricts the search to instruments with product info that
6206     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6207     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6208     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6209    
6210     ARTISTS='<search-string>'
6211    
6212    
6213    
6214    
6215     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 111]
6216    
6217     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6218    
6219    
6220     Restricts the search to instruments with artists info that
6221     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6222     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6223     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6224    
6225     KEYWORDS='<search-string>'
6226    
6227     Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list that
6228     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6229     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6230     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6231    
6232     IS_DRUM=true | false
6233    
6234     Either true or false. Restricts the search to drum kits or
6235     chromatic instruments.
6236    
6237     FORMAT_FAMILIES='<format-list>'
6238    
6239     Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format
6240     families, where <format-list> is a comma separated list of format
6241     families.
6242    
6243     Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
6244     separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
6245    
6246     Possible Answers:
6247    
6248     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6249     into apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory
6250     that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
6251    
6252     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6253    
6254     if the given directory does not exist.
6255    
6256     Example:
6257    
6258     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+
6259     290'"
6260    
6261     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
6262    
6263     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01
6264     09:30:13..'"
6265    
6266     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
6267     Steinway D'"
6268    
6269    
6270    
6271     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 112]
6272    
6273     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6274    
6275    
6276     6.8.21. Getting job status information
6277    
6278     The front-end can ask for the current status of a particular database
6279     instruments job by sending the following command:
6280    
6281     GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO <job-id>
6282    
6283     Where <job-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the job the
6284     front-end is interested in.
6285    
6286     Possible Answers:
6287    
6288     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6289     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6290     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6291     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
6292     following categories are defined:
6293    
6294    
6295    
6296     FILES_TOTAL -
6297    
6298     The total number of files scheduled for scanning
6299    
6300     FILES_SCANNED -
6301    
6302     The current number of scanned files
6303    
6304     SCANNING -
6305    
6306     The absolute path name of the file which is currently being
6307     scanned
6308    
6309     STATUS -
6310    
6311     An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the scanning
6312     progress percentage of the file which is currently being
6313     scanned
6314    
6315     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6316    
6317     Example:
6318    
6319     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"
6320    
6321     S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"
6322    
6323    
6324    
6325    
6326    
6327     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 113]
6328    
6329     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6330    
6331    
6332     "FILES_SCANNED: 7"
6333    
6334     "SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
6335    
6336     "STATUS: 42"
6337    
6338     "."
6339    
6340     6.8.22. Formatting the instruments database
6341    
6342     The front-end can remove all instruments and directories and re-
6343     create the instruments database structure (e.g., in case of a
6344     database corruption) by sending the following command:
6345    
6346     FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB
6347    
6348     Possible Answers:
6349    
6350     "OK" -
6351    
6352     on success
6353    
6354     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6355    
6356     If the formatting of the instruments database failed.
6357    
6358     6.8.23. Checking for lost instrument files
6359    
6360     The front-end can retrieve the list of all instrument files in the
6361     instruments database that don't exist in the filesystem by sending
6362     the following command:
6363    
6364     FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
6365    
6366     Possible Answers:
6367    
6368     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6369     into apostrophes) of all lost instrument files.
6370    
6371     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6372    
6373     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6374     error message.
6375    
6376     Example:
6377    
6378    
6379    
6380    
6381    
6382    
6383     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 114]
6384    
6385     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6386    
6387    
6388     C: "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"
6389    
6390     S: "'/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig','/gigs/Steinway D.gig','/gigs/Free
6391     Piano.gig'"
6392    
6393     6.8.24. Replacing an instrument file
6394    
6395     The front-end can substitute all occurrences of an instrument file in
6396     the instruments database with a new one by sending the following
6397     command:
6398    
6399     SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH <old_path> <new_path>
6400    
6401     Where <old_path> is the absolute path name of the instrument file to
6402     substitute with <new_path>.
6403    
6404     Possible Answers:
6405    
6406     "OK" -
6407    
6408     on success
6409    
6410     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6411    
6412     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6413     error message.
6414    
6415     Example:
6416    
6417     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH '/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig'
6418     '/gigs/pianos/Bosendorfer 290.gig'"
6419    
6420     S: "OK"
6421    
6422     6.9. Editing Instruments
6423    
6424     The sampler allows to edit instruments while playing with the sampler
6425     by spawning an external (3rd party) instrument editor application for
6426     a given instrument. The 3rd party instrument editor applications
6427     have to place a respective plugin DLL file into the sampler's plugins
6428     directory. The sampler will automatically try to load all plugin
6429     DLLs in that directory on startup and only on startup!
6430    
6431     At the moment there is only one command for this feature set, but
6432     this will most probably change in future.
6433    
6434    
6435    
6436    
6437    
6438    
6439     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 115]
6440    
6441     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6442    
6443    
6444     6.9.1. Opening an appropriate instrument editor application
6445    
6446     The front-end can request to open an appropriate instrument editor
6447     application by sending the following command:
6448    
6449     EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT <sampler-channel>
6450    
6451     Where <sampler-channel> should be replaced by the number of the
6452     sampler channel as given by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
6453     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
6454    
6455     The sampler will try to ask all registered instrument editors (or to
6456     be more specific: their sampler plugins) whether they are capable to
6457     handle the instrument on the given sampler channel. The sampler will
6458     simply use the first instrument editor application which replied with
6459     a positive answer and spawn that instrument editor application within
6460     the sampler's process and provide that application access to the
6461     instrument's data structures, so both applications can share and
6462     access the same instruments data at the same time, thus allowing to
6463     immediately hear changes with the sampler made by the instrument
6464     editor.
6465    
6466     Note: consequently instrument editors are always spawned locally on
6467     the same machine where the sampler is running on!
6468    
6469     Possible Answers:
6470    
6471     "OK" -
6472    
6473     when an appropriate instrument editor was launched
6474    
6475     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6476    
6477     when an appropriate instrument editor was launched, but there
6478     are noteworthy issues
6479    
6480     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6481    
6482     when an appropriate instrument editor could not be launched
6483    
6484     Examples:
6485    
6486     C: "EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT 0"
6487    
6488     S: "OK"
6489    
6490    
6491    
6492    
6493    
6494    
6495     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 116]
6496    
6497     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6498    
6499    
6500     6.10. Managing Files
6501    
6502     You can query detailed informations about files located at the same
6503     system where the sampler instance is running on. Using this command
6504     set allows to retrieve file informations even remotely from another
6505     machine.
6506    
6507     6.10.1. Retrieving amount of instruments of a file
6508    
6509     The front-end can retrieve the amount of instruments within a given
6510     instrument file by sending the following command:
6511    
6512     GET FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6513    
6514     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6515     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6516     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6517    
6518     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6519     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6520     the amount of instruments.
6521    
6522     Possible Answers:
6523    
6524     On success, the sampler will answer by returning the amount of
6525     instruments.
6526    
6527     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6528    
6529     if the file could not be handled
6530    
6531     Examples:
6532    
6533     C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6534    
6535     S: "10"
6536    
6537     6.10.2. Retrieving all instruments of a file
6538    
6539     The front-end can retrieve a list of all instruments within a given
6540     instrument file by sending the following command:
6541    
6542     LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6543    
6544     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6545     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6546     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6547    
6548    
6549    
6550    
6551     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 117]
6552    
6553     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6554    
6555    
6556     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6557     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for a
6558     list of IDs for the instruments in the given file.
6559    
6560     Possible Answers:
6561    
6562     On success, the sampler will answer by returning a comma separated
6563     list of instrument IDs.
6564    
6565     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6566    
6567     if the file could not be handled
6568    
6569     Examples:
6570    
6571     C: "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6572    
6573     S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"
6574    
6575     6.10.3. Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file
6576    
6577     The front-end can retrieve detailed informations about a specific
6578     instrument within a given instrument file by sending the following
6579     command:
6580    
6581     GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO <filename> <instr-id>
6582    
6583     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6584     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6585     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") and <instr-id> is
6586     the numeric instrument ID as returned by the "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"
6587     (Section 6.10.2) command.
6588    
6589     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6590     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6591     informations about the specific instrument in the given file.
6592    
6593     Possible Answers:
6594    
6595     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6596     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6597     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6598     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
6599     following categories are defined:
6600    
6601    
6602    
6603    
6604    
6605    
6606    
6607     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 118]
6608    
6609     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6610    
6611    
6612     NAME -
6613    
6614     name of the instrument as stored in the instrument file
6615    
6616     FORMAT_FAMILY -
6617    
6618     name of the sampler format of the given instrument
6619    
6620     FORMAT_VERSION -
6621    
6622     version of the sampler format the instrumen is stored as
6623    
6624     PRODUCT -
6625    
6626     official product name of the instrument as stored in the
6627     file
6628    
6629     ARTISTS -
6630    
6631     artists / sample library vendor of the instrument
6632    
6633     KEY_BINDINGS -
6634    
6635     comma separated list of integer values representing the
6636     instrument's key mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
6637     reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
6638    
6639     KEYSWITCH_BINDINGS -
6640    
6641     comma separated list of integer values representing the
6642     instrument's keyswitch mapping in the range between 0 ..
6643     127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
6644     specification.
6645    
6646     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6647    
6648     Example:
6649    
6650     C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig' 0"
6651    
6652     S: "NAME: Lunatic Loops"
6653    
6654     "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
6655    
6656     "FORMAT_VERSION: 3"
6657    
6658     "PRODUCT: The Backbone Bongo Beats"
6659    
6660    
6661    
6662    
6663     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 119]
6664    
6665     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6666    
6667    
6668     "ARTISTS: Jimmy the Fish"
6669    
6670     "."
6671    
6672     6.11. Managing Effects
6673    
6674     Audio effects (e.g. reverb, delay, compression) can be applied to the
6675     audio signals generated by the sampler. The sampler usually provides
6676     a set of internal audio effects for this task. The exact set of
6677     effects depends on the availability of third party effect plugins
6678     installed on the system where the sampler runs on.
6679    
6680     At the moment only "send effects" are supported. Support for "insert
6681     effects" and "master effects" is planned to be added at a later
6682     point.
6683    
6684     The following commands allow to retrieve the set of internal effects
6685     available to the sampler, detailed informations about those effects
6686     and to create and destroy instances of such effects. After an
6687     instance of an effect is created, the effect instance can be inserted
6688     into the audio signal path of the sampler, e.g. as send effect.
6689    
6690     The sampler allows to create an arbitrary amount of so called send
6691     effect chains. Each effect chain can host an arbitrary amount of
6692     effect instances. The output of the first effect instance in an
6693     effect chain is fed to the input of the second effect instance of the
6694     chain and so on. So effects in one chain are processed sequentially.
6695     Send effect chains however are processed in parallel to other send
6696     effect chains. Audio signals of sampler channels are fed to send
6697     effects by creating FX sends to the respective sampler channel and
6698     assigning a destination send effect to that FX by using the "SET
6699     FX_SEND EFFECT" (Section 6.4.32) command. The latter allows to route
6700     the FX send to the beginning of a send effect chain, as well as
6701     directly to any other position of the send effect chain.
6702    
6703     6.11.1. Retrieve amount of available effects
6704    
6705     The front-end can retrieve the amount of internal effects, available
6706     to the sampler by sending the following command:
6707    
6708     GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
6709    
6710     Possible Answers:
6711    
6712     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effects
6713     available to the sampler.
6714    
6715     Examples:
6716    
6717    
6718    
6719     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 120]
6720    
6721     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6722    
6723    
6724     C: "GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
6725    
6726     S: "129"
6727    
6728     6.11.2. Get list of available effects
6729    
6730     The set of available internal effects can change at runtime. The
6731     front-end can retrieve the list of internal effects, available to the
6732     sampler by sending the following command:
6733    
6734     LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
6735    
6736     Possible Answers:
6737    
6738     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
6739     numerical IDs of effects. Note: the numercial ID of an effect is
6740     generated by the sampler for the current moment. The numerical ID
6741     of the same effect can change at runtime, e.g. when the user
6742     requests a rescan of available effect plugins.
6743    
6744     Example:
6745    
6746     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
6747    
6748     S: "5,6,7,120,121,122,123,124"
6749    
6750     6.11.3. Retrieving general information about an effect
6751    
6752     The front-end can ask for general informations about an effect by
6753     sending the following command:
6754    
6755     GET EFFECT INFO <effect-index>
6756    
6757     Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of an effect as returned by
6758     the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
6759    
6760     Possible Answers:
6761    
6762     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6763     answer line begins with the effect information category name,
6764     followed by a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally
6765     the info character string to that effect information category. At
6766     the moment the following categories are defined:
6767    
6768    
6769    
6770     SYSTEM -
6771    
6772    
6773    
6774    
6775     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 121]
6776    
6777     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6778    
6779    
6780     name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
6781     (e.g. "LADSPA")
6782    
6783     MODULE -
6784    
6785     module of the effect plugin system that contains this
6786     effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
6787     (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
6788     (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
6789     (Section 7.1))
6790    
6791     NAME -
6792    
6793     character string defining the unique name of the effect
6794     within its module (note that the character string may
6795     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
6796    
6797     DESCRIPTION -
6798    
6799     human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
6800     in user interfaces (note that the character string may
6801     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
6802    
6803     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6804    
6805     Example:
6806    
6807     C: "GET EFFECT INFO 121"
6808    
6809     S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
6810    
6811     "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/lowpass_iir_1891.so"
6812    
6813     "NAME: lowpass_iir"
6814    
6815     "DESCRIPTION: Glame Lowpass Filter"
6816    
6817     "."
6818    
6819     6.11.4. Creating an instance of an effect by its portable ID
6820    
6821     The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
6822     the following command:
6823    
6824     CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-system> <module> <effect-name>
6825    
6826     Where <effect-system> is the "SYSTEM" field, <module> the "MODULE"
6827     field and <effect-name> the "NAME" field as returned by the "GET
6828    
6829    
6830    
6831     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 122]
6832    
6833     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6834    
6835    
6836     EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3) command. The filename of argument
6837     <module> and the character string of argument <effect-name> may
6838     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6839    
6840     The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
6841     instance of it. To allow loading the same effect on a different
6842     machine, probably even running a completely different operating
6843     system (e.g. Linux vs. Windows), the sampler tries to match <module>
6844     "softly". That means it first tries to find an effect that exactly
6845     matches the given <module> argument. If there is no exact match, the
6846     sampler will try to lower the restrictions on matching the <module>
6847     argument more and more, e.g. by ignoring upper / lower case
6848     differences and by ignoring the path of the DLL filename and file
6849     extension. If there is still no match at the end, the sampler will
6850     try to ignore the <module> argument completely and as a last resort
6851     search for an effect that only matches the given <effect-system> and
6852     <effect-name> arguments.
6853    
6854     Possible Answers:
6855    
6856     "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
6857    
6858     in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
6859     <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
6860     instance
6861    
6862     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6863    
6864     in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
6865     are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
6866     warning code and warning message
6867    
6868     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6869    
6870     if the effect could not be instantiated
6871    
6872     Examples:
6873    
6874     C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE LADSPA '/usr/lib/ladspa/
6875     mod_delay_1419.so' 'modDelay'"
6876    
6877     S: "OK[0]"
6878    
6879     6.11.5. Creating an instance of an effect by its numerical ID
6880    
6881     The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
6882     the following command:
6883    
6884    
6885    
6886    
6887     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 123]
6888    
6889     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6890    
6891    
6892     CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-index>
6893    
6894     Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of the effect as returned by
6895     the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
6896    
6897     The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
6898     instance of it.
6899    
6900     Note: Since the numerical ID of a certain effect can change at any
6901     time, you should not use this command in LSCP files to restore a
6902     certain effect at a later time! To store a sampler session including
6903     all its effects, use the portable text-based version of "CREATE
6904     EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) instead! This allows to restore a
6905     sampler session with all its effects also on other machines, possibly
6906     even running a completely different operating system (e.g. Linux vs.
6907     Windows), with different plugin directories or plugin DLL names.
6908    
6909     Possible Answers:
6910    
6911     "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
6912    
6913     in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
6914     <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
6915     instance
6916    
6917     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6918    
6919     in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
6920     are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
6921     warning code and warning message
6922    
6923     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6924    
6925     if the effect could not be instantiated
6926    
6927     Examples:
6928    
6929     C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE 72"
6930    
6931     S: "OK[5]"
6932    
6933     6.11.6. Destroy an effect instance
6934    
6935     The front-end can destroy an unusued effect instance and thus freeing
6936     it from memory by sending the following command:
6937    
6938    
6939    
6940    
6941    
6942    
6943     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 124]
6944    
6945     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
6946    
6947    
6948     DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-instance>
6949    
6950     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
6951     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
6952     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
6953    
6954     The effect instance can only be destroyed if it's not used in any
6955     part of the sampler's audio signal path anymore. If the effect
6956     instance is still in use somewhere, trying to destroy the effect
6957     instance will result in an error message.
6958    
6959     Possible Answers:
6960    
6961     "OK" -
6962    
6963     in case the effect instance was successfully destroyed
6964    
6965     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6966    
6967     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6968     error message
6969    
6970     Examples:
6971    
6972     C: "DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE 5"
6973    
6974     S: "OK"
6975    
6976     6.11.7. Retrieve amount of effect instances
6977    
6978     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of effect instances by
6979     sending the following command:
6980    
6981     GET EFFECT_INSTANCES
6982    
6983     Possible Answers:
6984    
6985     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effect
6986     instances created and not yet destroyed in the current sampler
6987     session.
6988    
6989     Examples:
6990    
6991     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCES"
6992    
6993     S: "14"
6994    
6995    
6996    
6997    
6998    
6999     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 125]
7000    
7001     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7002    
7003    
7004     6.11.8. Get list of effect instances
7005    
7006     The front-end can retrieve the current list of effect instances by
7007     sending the following command:
7008    
7009     LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES
7010    
7011     Possible Answers:
7012    
7013     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7014     numerical IDs of effects instances.
7015    
7016     Example:
7017    
7018     C: "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7019    
7020     S: "9,11,14,15,16,17,25"
7021    
7022     6.11.9. Retrieving current information about an effect instance
7023    
7024     The front-end can ask for the current informations about a particular
7025     effect instance by sending the following command:
7026    
7027     GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO <effect-instance>
7028    
7029     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7030     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7031     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7032    
7033     Possible Answers:
7034    
7035     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7036     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7037     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7038     character string to that information category. At the moment the
7039     following categories are defined:
7040    
7041    
7042    
7043     SYSTEM -
7044    
7045     name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
7046     (e.g. "LADSPA")
7047    
7048     MODULE -
7049    
7050     module of the effect plugin system that contains this
7051     effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
7052    
7053    
7054    
7055     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 126]
7056    
7057     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7058    
7059    
7060     (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
7061     (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
7062     (Section 7.1))
7063    
7064     NAME -
7065    
7066     character string defining the unique name of the effect
7067     within its module (note that the character string may
7068     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7069    
7070     DESCRIPTION -
7071    
7072     human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
7073     in user interfaces (note that the character string may
7074     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7075    
7076     INPUT_CONTROLS -
7077    
7078     amount of input controls the effect instance provides, to
7079     allow controlling the effect parameters in realtime
7080    
7081     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7082    
7083     Example:
7084    
7085     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO 3"
7086    
7087     S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
7088    
7089     "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/mod_delay_1419.so"
7090    
7091     "NAME: modDelay"
7092    
7093     "DESCRIPTION: Modulatable delay"
7094    
7095     "INPUT_CONTROLS: 1"
7096    
7097     "."
7098    
7099     6.11.10. Retrieving information about an effect parameter
7100    
7101     Effects typically provide a certain set of effect parameters which
7102     can be altered by the user in realtime (e.g. depth of a reverb
7103     effect, duration of a delay effect, dry / wet signal ratio). Those
7104     controllable effect parameters are called "input controls". The
7105     front-end can ask for the current informations of an effect
7106     instance's input control by sending the following command:
7107    
7108    
7109    
7110    
7111     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 127]
7112    
7113     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7114    
7115    
7116     GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO <effect-instance> <input-
7117     control>
7118    
7119     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7120     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7121     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command and <input-control> is the
7122     index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7123     the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7124     (Section 6.11.9) command.
7125    
7126     Possible Answers:
7127    
7128     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7129     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7130     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7131     character string to that information category. There are
7132     information categories which are always returned, independent of
7133     the respective effect parameter and there are optional information
7134     categories which are only shown for certain effect parameters. At
7135     the moment the following categories are defined:
7136    
7137    
7138    
7139     DESCRIPTION -
7140    
7141     (always returned) human readable name of the effect
7142     parameter, intended to be displayed in user interfaces (note
7143     that the character string may contain escape sequences
7144     (Section 7.1))
7145    
7146     VALUE -
7147    
7148     (always returned) current (optional dotted) floating point
7149     value of this effect parameter
7150    
7151     RANGE_MIN -
7152    
7153     (optionally returned) minimum allowed value for this effect
7154     parameter
7155    
7156     RANGE_MAX -
7157    
7158     (optionally returned) maximum allowed value for this effect
7159     parameter
7160    
7161     POSSIBILITIES -
7162    
7163    
7164    
7165    
7166    
7167     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 128]
7168    
7169     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7170    
7171    
7172     (optionally returned) comma separated list of (optional
7173     dotted) floating point numbers, reflecting the exact set of
7174     possible values for this effect parameter
7175    
7176     DEFAULT -
7177    
7178     (optionally returned) default value of this effect parameter
7179    
7180     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7181    
7182     Example:
7183    
7184     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO 1 0"
7185    
7186     S: "DESCRIPTION: Base delay (s)"
7187    
7188     "VALUE: 0.500"
7189    
7190     "RANGE_MIN: 0.000"
7191    
7192     "."
7193    
7194     6.11.11. Altering an effect parameter
7195    
7196     The front-end can alter the current value of an effect parameter by
7197     sending the following command:
7198    
7199     SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE <effect-instance> <input-
7200     control> <value>
7201    
7202     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
7203     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7204     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command, <input-control> is the
7205     index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7206     the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7207     (Section 6.11.9) command and <value> is the new (optional dotted)
7208     floating point value for this effect parameter.
7209    
7210     Possible Answers:
7211    
7212     "OK" -
7213    
7214     in case the effect was altered successfully
7215    
7216     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7217    
7218     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
7219     error message
7220    
7221    
7222    
7223     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 129]
7224    
7225     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7226    
7227    
7228     Examples:
7229    
7230     C: "SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE 0 1 0.5"
7231    
7232     S: "OK"
7233    
7234     6.11.12. Retrieve amount of send effect chains
7235    
7236     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of send effect chains
7237     of an audio output device by sending the following command:
7238    
7239     GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7240    
7241     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7242     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7243     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7244     command.
7245    
7246     Possible Answers:
7247    
7248     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of send
7249     effect chains of the supplied audio output device.
7250    
7251     Examples:
7252    
7253     C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7254    
7255     S: "4"
7256    
7257     6.11.13. Retrieve list of send effect chains
7258    
7259     The front-end can retrieve the current list of send effect chains of
7260     an audio output device by sending the following command:
7261    
7262     LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7263    
7264     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7265     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7266     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7267     command.
7268    
7269     Possible Answers:
7270    
7271     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7272     numerical IDs of send effect chains of the supplied audio output
7273     device.
7274    
7275     Examples:
7276    
7277    
7278    
7279     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 130]
7280    
7281     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7282    
7283    
7284     C: "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7285    
7286     S: "3,4,7"
7287    
7288     6.11.14. Add send effect chain
7289    
7290     The front-end can add a send effect chain by sending the following
7291     command:
7292    
7293     ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device>
7294    
7295     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7296     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7297     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7298     command.
7299    
7300     Possible Answers:
7301    
7302     "OK[<effect-chain>]" -
7303    
7304     in case the send effect chain was added successfully, where
7305     <effect-chain> is the numerical ID of the new send effect chain
7306    
7307     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7308    
7309     if the send effect chain could not be added
7310    
7311     Examples:
7312    
7313     C: "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0"
7314    
7315     S: "OK[2]"
7316    
7317     6.11.15. Remove send effect chain
7318    
7319     The front-end can remove a send effect chain by sending the following
7320     command:
7321    
7322     REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7323    
7324     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7325     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7326     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7327     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7328     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7329     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7330    
7331     Possible Answers:
7332    
7333    
7334    
7335     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 131]
7336    
7337     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7338    
7339    
7340     "OK" -
7341    
7342     in case the send effect chain was removed successfully
7343    
7344     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7345    
7346     if the send effect chain could not be removed
7347    
7348     Examples:
7349    
7350     C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0 2"
7351    
7352     S: "OK"
7353    
7354     6.11.16. Retrieving information about a send effect chain
7355    
7356     The front-end can ask for informations of a send effect chain by
7357     sending the following command:
7358    
7359     GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7360    
7361     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7362     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7363     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7364     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7365     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7366     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7367    
7368     Possible Answers:
7369    
7370     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7371     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7372     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7373     character string to that information category. At the moment the
7374     following categories are defined:
7375    
7376    
7377    
7378     EFFECT_COUNT -
7379    
7380     amount of effects in this send effect chain
7381    
7382     EFFECT_SEQUENCE -
7383    
7384     comma separated list of the numerical IDs of the effect
7385     instances in this send effect chain, in the order as they
7386     are procssed in the effect chain
7387    
7388    
7389    
7390    
7391     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 132]
7392    
7393     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7394    
7395    
7396     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7397    
7398     Example:
7399    
7400     C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO 0 2"
7401    
7402     S: "EFFECT_COUNT: 3"
7403    
7404     "EFFECT_SEQUENCE: 31,4,7"
7405    
7406     "."
7407    
7408     6.11.17. Append effect instance to a send effect chain
7409    
7410     The front-end can add an unused effect instance to the end of a send
7411     effect chain by sending the following command:
7412    
7413     APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7414     <effect-instance>
7415    
7416     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7417     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7418     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7419     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7420     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7421     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command and <effect-instance>
7422     as returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7423     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7424    
7425     Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7426     Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7427     the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7428    
7429     Possible Answers:
7430    
7431     "OK" -
7432    
7433     in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7434    
7435     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7436    
7437     if the effect instance could not be added
7438    
7439     Examples:
7440    
7441     C: "APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 38"
7442    
7443    
7444    
7445    
7446    
7447     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 133]
7448    
7449     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7450    
7451    
7452     S: "OK"
7453    
7454     6.11.18. Insert effect instance to a send effect chain
7455    
7456     The front-end can add an unused effect instance to a certain position
7457     of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7458    
7459     INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7460     <chain-pos> <effect-instance>
7461    
7462     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7463     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7464     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7465     command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7466     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7467     (Section 6.11.13) command, <effect-instance> as returned by the
7468     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7469     (Section 6.11.8) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7470     effect chain where the supplied effect shall be inserted to.
7471    
7472     Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7473     Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7474     the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7475    
7476     Possible Answers:
7477    
7478     "OK" -
7479    
7480     in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7481    
7482     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7483    
7484     if the effect instance could not be added
7485    
7486     Examples:
7487    
7488     C: "INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4 38"
7489    
7490     S: "OK"
7491    
7492     6.11.19. Remove effect instance from send effect chain
7493    
7494     The front-end can remove an effect instance from a certain position
7495     of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7496    
7497     REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7498     <chain-pos>
7499    
7500    
7501    
7502    
7503     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 134]
7504    
7505     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7506    
7507    
7508     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7509     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7510     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7511     command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7512     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7513     (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7514     effect instance to be removed from the effect chain.
7515    
7516     Possible Answers:
7517    
7518     "OK" -
7519    
7520     in case the effect instance was removed successfully
7521    
7522     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7523    
7524     if the effect instance could not be removed
7525    
7526     Examples:
7527    
7528     C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4"
7529    
7530     S: "OK"
7531    
7532    
7533    
7534    
7535    
7536    
7537    
7538    
7539    
7540    
7541    
7542    
7543    
7544    
7545    
7546    
7547    
7548    
7549    
7550    
7551    
7552    
7553    
7554    
7555    
7556    
7557    
7558    
7559     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 135]
7560    
7561     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7562    
7563    
7564     7. Command Syntax
7565    
7566     The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in Section 6 is
7567     defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in [RFC2234])
7568     where applicable.
7569    
7570     input =
7571    
7572     line LF
7573    
7574     / line CR LF
7575    
7576     line =
7577    
7578     /* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
7579    
7580     / comment
7581    
7582     / command
7583    
7584     / error
7585    
7586     comment =
7587    
7588     '#'
7589    
7590     / comment '#'
7591    
7592     / comment SP
7593    
7594     / comment number
7595    
7596     / comment string
7597    
7598     command =
7599    
7600     ADD SP add_instruction
7601    
7602     / MAP SP map_instruction
7603    
7604     / UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
7605    
7606     / GET SP get_instruction
7607    
7608     / CREATE SP create_instruction
7609    
7610     / DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
7611    
7612    
7613    
7614    
7615     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 136]
7616    
7617     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7618    
7619    
7620     / LIST SP list_instruction
7621    
7622     / LOAD SP load_instruction
7623    
7624     / REMOVE SP remove_instruction
7625    
7626     / SET SP set_instruction
7627    
7628     / SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
7629    
7630     / UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
7631    
7632     / RESET SP reset_instruction
7633    
7634     / CLEAR SP clear_instruction
7635    
7636     / FIND SP find_instruction
7637    
7638     / MOVE SP move_instruction
7639    
7640     / COPY SP copy_instruction
7641    
7642     / EDIT SP edit_instruction
7643    
7644     / FORMAT SP format_instruction
7645    
7646     / SEND SP send_instruction
7647    
7648     / APPEND SP append_instruction
7649    
7650     / INSERT SP insert_instruction
7651    
7652     / RESET
7653    
7654     / QUIT
7655    
7656     add_instruction =
7657    
7658     CHANNEL
7659    
7660     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
7661    
7662     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7663    
7664     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP
7665     db_path SP filename
7666    
7667    
7668    
7669    
7670    
7671     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 137]
7672    
7673     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7674    
7675    
7676     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7677    
7678     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP
7679     filename
7680    
7681     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename
7682    
7683     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename SP
7684     instrument_index
7685    
7686     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename
7687    
7688     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
7689    
7690     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
7691    
7692     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
7693    
7694     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index
7695    
7696     subscribe_event =
7697    
7698     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7699    
7700     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7701    
7702     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7703    
7704     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7705    
7706     / CHANNEL_COUNT
7707    
7708     / CHANNEL_MIDI
7709    
7710     / DEVICE_MIDI
7711    
7712     / VOICE_COUNT
7713    
7714     / STREAM_COUNT
7715    
7716     / BUFFER_FILL
7717    
7718     / CHANNEL_INFO
7719    
7720     / FX_SEND_COUNT
7721    
7722     / FX_SEND_INFO
7723    
7724    
7725    
7726    
7727     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 138]
7728    
7729     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7730    
7731    
7732     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
7733    
7734     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
7735    
7736     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7737    
7738     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7739    
7740     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
7741    
7742     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
7743    
7744     / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7745    
7746     / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7747    
7748     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
7749    
7750     / MISCELLANEOUS
7751    
7752     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7753    
7754     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7755    
7756     / GLOBAL_INFO
7757    
7758     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
7759    
7760     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
7761    
7762     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
7763    
7764     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
7765    
7766     unsubscribe_event =
7767    
7768     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7769    
7770     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7771    
7772     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7773    
7774     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7775    
7776     / CHANNEL_COUNT
7777    
7778     / CHANNEL_MIDI
7779    
7780    
7781    
7782    
7783     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 139]
7784    
7785     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7786    
7787    
7788     / DEVICE_MIDI
7789    
7790     / VOICE_COUNT
7791    
7792     / STREAM_COUNT
7793    
7794     / BUFFER_FILL
7795    
7796     / CHANNEL_INFO
7797    
7798     / FX_SEND_COUNT
7799    
7800     / FX_SEND_INFO
7801    
7802     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
7803    
7804     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
7805    
7806     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7807    
7808     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7809    
7810     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
7811    
7812     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
7813    
7814     / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
7815    
7816     / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
7817    
7818     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
7819    
7820     / MISCELLANEOUS
7821    
7822     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7823    
7824     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7825    
7826     / GLOBAL_INFO
7827    
7828     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
7829    
7830     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
7831    
7832     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
7833    
7834     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
7835    
7836    
7837    
7838    
7839     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 140]
7840    
7841     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7842    
7843    
7844     map_instruction =
7845    
7846     MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP
7847     engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
7848    
7849     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7850     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7851     instr_load_mode
7852    
7853     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7854     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7855     entry_name
7856    
7857     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7858     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
7859     instr_load_mode SP entry_name
7860    
7861     unmap_instruction =
7862    
7863     MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7864    
7865     remove_instruction =
7866    
7867     CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
7868    
7869     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
7870    
7871     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
7872    
7873     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index SP effect_chain
7874    
7875     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
7876     chain_pos
7877    
7878     / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
7879    
7880     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP db_path
7881    
7882     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
7883    
7884     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path
7885    
7886     get_instruction =
7887    
7888     AVAILABLE_ENGINES
7889    
7890     / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
7891    
7892    
7893    
7894    
7895     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 141]
7896    
7897     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7898    
7899    
7900     / EFFECT_INSTANCES
7901    
7902     / EFFECT SP INFO SP effect_index
7903    
7904     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP INFO SP effect_instance
7905    
7906     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP INFO SP effect_instance SP
7907     input_control
7908    
7909     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP device_index
7910    
7911     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP INFO SP device_index SP effect_chain
7912    
7913     / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
7914    
7915     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
7916    
7917     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
7918    
7919     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP
7920     key_val_list
7921    
7922     / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
7923    
7924     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
7925    
7926     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
7927    
7928     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP
7929     key_val_list
7930    
7931     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
7932    
7933     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
7934    
7935     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
7936    
7937     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
7938    
7939     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
7940    
7941     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
7942    
7943     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
7944    
7945     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP
7946     string
7947    
7948    
7949    
7950    
7951     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 142]
7952    
7953     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
7954    
7955    
7956     / CHANNELS
7957    
7958     / CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
7959    
7960     / CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
7961    
7962     / CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
7963    
7964     / CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
7965    
7966     / ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
7967    
7968     / SERVER SP INFO
7969    
7970     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
7971    
7972     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
7973    
7974     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
7975    
7976     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
7977    
7978     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
7979    
7980     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
7981    
7982     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
7983    
7984     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
7985    
7986     / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
7987    
7988     / FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
7989    
7990     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7991    
7992     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
7993    
7994     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP db_path
7995    
7996     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
7997    
7998     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
7999    
8000     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP db_path
8001    
8002     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
8003    
8004    
8005    
8006    
8007     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 143]
8008    
8009     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8010    
8011    
8012     / VOLUME
8013    
8014     / VOICES
8015    
8016     / STREAMS
8017    
8018     / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
8019    
8020     / FILE SP INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP filename SP instrument_index
8021    
8022     set_instruction =
8023    
8024     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8025     param_val_list
8026    
8027     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8028     param_val_list
8029    
8030     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8031     param_val_list
8032    
8033     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' NONE
8034    
8035     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8036     param_val_list
8037    
8038     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP VALUE SP effect_instance SP
8039     input_control SP control_value
8040    
8041     / CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
8042    
8043     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
8044    
8045     / FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
8046    
8047     / FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8048     SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
8049    
8050     / FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8051     midi_ctrl
8052    
8053     / FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8054     volume_value
8055    
8056     / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8057     effect_chain SP chain_pos
8058    
8059    
8060    
8061    
8062    
8063     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 144]
8064    
8065     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8066    
8067    
8068     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8069    
8070     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP
8071     stringval_escaped
8072    
8073     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8074    
8075     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8076    
8077     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP FILE_PATH SP filename SP filename
8078    
8079     / ECHO SP boolean
8080    
8081     / VOLUME SP volume_value
8082    
8083     / VOICES SP number
8084    
8085     / STREAMS SP number
8086    
8087     create_instruction =
8088    
8089     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8090    
8091     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
8092    
8093     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8094    
8095     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
8096    
8097     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
8098    
8099     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
8100    
8101     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_index
8102    
8103     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_system SP module SP effect_name
8104    
8105     reset_instruction =
8106    
8107     CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8108    
8109     clear_instruction =
8110    
8111     MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8112    
8113     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8114    
8115     find_instruction =
8116    
8117    
8118    
8119     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 145]
8120    
8121     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8122    
8123    
8124     DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
8125    
8126     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP query_val_list
8127    
8128     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP
8129     query_val_list
8130    
8131     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path SP query_val_list
8132    
8133     / LOST SP DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
8134    
8135     move_instruction =
8136    
8137     DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8138    
8139     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8140    
8141     copy_instruction =
8142    
8143     DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8144    
8145     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8146    
8147     destroy_instruction =
8148    
8149     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
8150    
8151     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
8152    
8153     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8154    
8155     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP number
8156    
8157     load_instruction =
8158    
8159     INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
8160    
8161     / ENGINE SP load_engine_args
8162    
8163     append_instruction =
8164    
8165     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8166     effect_instance
8167    
8168     insert_instruction =
8169    
8170     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8171     chain_pos SP effect_instance
8172    
8173    
8174    
8175     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 146]
8176    
8177     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8178    
8179    
8180     set_chan_instruction =
8181    
8182     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8183    
8184     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index
8185     SP audio_channel_index
8186    
8187     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
8188    
8189     / MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP
8190     midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
8191    
8192     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8193    
8194     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
8195    
8196     / MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP
8197     midi_input_channel_index
8198    
8199     / MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
8200    
8201     / VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
8202    
8203     / MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8204    
8205     / SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8206    
8207     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
8208    
8209     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
8210    
8211     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
8212    
8213     edit_instruction =
8214    
8215     CHANNEL SP INSTRUMENT SP sampler_channel
8216    
8217     format_instruction =
8218    
8219     INSTRUMENTS_DB
8220    
8221     modal_arg =
8222    
8223     /* epsilon (empty argument) */
8224    
8225     / NON_MODAL SP
8226    
8227     key_val_list =
8228    
8229    
8230    
8231     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 147]
8232    
8233     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8234    
8235    
8236     string '=' param_val_list
8237    
8238     / key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
8239    
8240     buffer_size_type =
8241    
8242     BYTES
8243    
8244     / PERCENTAGE
8245    
8246     list_instruction =
8247    
8248     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
8249    
8250     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
8251    
8252     / CHANNELS
8253    
8254     / AVAILABLE_ENGINES
8255    
8256     / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
8257    
8258     / EFFECT_INSTANCES
8259    
8260     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP number
8261    
8262     / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
8263    
8264     / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
8265    
8266     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8267    
8268     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8269    
8270     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
8271    
8272     / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
8273    
8274     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8275    
8276     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
8277    
8278     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8279    
8280     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
8281    
8282     / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
8283    
8284    
8285    
8286    
8287     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 148]
8288    
8289     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8290    
8291    
8292     send_instruction =
8293    
8294     CHANNEL SP MIDI_DATA SP string SP sampler_channel SP number SP
8295     number
8296    
8297     load_instr_args =
8298    
8299     filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
8300    
8301     / NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
8302    
8303     load_engine_args =
8304    
8305     engine_name SP sampler_channel
8306    
8307     instr_load_mode =
8308    
8309     ON_DEMAND
8310    
8311     / ON_DEMAND_HOLD
8312    
8313     / PERSISTENT
8314    
8315     effect_instance =
8316    
8317     number
8318    
8319     device_index =
8320    
8321     number
8322    
8323     audio_channel_index =
8324    
8325     number
8326    
8327     audio_output_type_name =
8328    
8329     string
8330    
8331     midi_input_port_index =
8332    
8333     number
8334    
8335     midi_input_channel_index =
8336    
8337     number
8338    
8339    
8340    
8341    
8342    
8343     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 149]
8344    
8345     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8346    
8347    
8348     / ALL
8349    
8350     midi_input_type_name =
8351    
8352     string
8353    
8354     midi_map =
8355    
8356     number
8357    
8358     midi_bank =
8359    
8360     number
8361    
8362     midi_prog =
8363    
8364     number
8365    
8366     midi_ctrl =
8367    
8368     number
8369    
8370     volume_value =
8371    
8372     dotnum
8373    
8374     / number
8375    
8376     control_value =
8377    
8378     real
8379    
8380     sampler_channel =
8381    
8382     number
8383    
8384     instrument_index =
8385    
8386     number
8387    
8388     fx_send_id =
8389    
8390     number
8391    
8392     engine_name =
8393    
8394     string
8395    
8396    
8397    
8398    
8399     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 150]
8400    
8401     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8402    
8403    
8404     filename =
8405    
8406     path
8407    
8408     db_path =
8409    
8410     path
8411    
8412     map_name =
8413    
8414     stringval_escaped
8415    
8416     entry_name =
8417    
8418     stringval_escaped
8419    
8420     fx_send_name =
8421    
8422     stringval_escaped
8423    
8424     effect_name =
8425    
8426     stringval_escaped
8427    
8428     effect_index =
8429    
8430     number
8431    
8432     effect_chain =
8433    
8434     number
8435    
8436     chain_pos =
8437    
8438     number
8439    
8440     input_control =
8441    
8442     number
8443    
8444     param_val_list =
8445    
8446     param_val
8447    
8448     / param_val_list','param_val
8449    
8450     param_val =
8451    
8452    
8453    
8454    
8455     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 151]
8456    
8457     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8458    
8459    
8460     string
8461    
8462     / stringval
8463    
8464     / number
8465    
8466     / dotnum
8467    
8468     query_val_list =
8469    
8470     string '=' query_val
8471    
8472     / query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
8473    
8474     query_val =
8475    
8476     text_escaped
8477    
8478     / stringval_escaped
8479    
8480     scan_mode =
8481    
8482     RECURSIVE
8483    
8484     / NON_RECURSIVE
8485    
8486     / FLAT
8487    
8488     effect_system =
8489    
8490     string
8491    
8492     module =
8493    
8494     filename
8495    
8496     7.1. Character Set and Escape Sequences
8497    
8498     Older versions of this protocol up to and including v1.1 only
8499     supported the standard ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 127)
8500     [RFC20], all younger versions of this protocol however support the
8501     Extended ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 255). The same group of
8502     younger protocols also support escape sequences, but only for
8503     certain, explicitly declared parts of the protocol. The supported
8504     escape sequences are defined as follows:
8505    
8506    
8507    
8508    
8509    
8510    
8511     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 152]
8512    
8513     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8514    
8515    
8516     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8517     | ASCII Character | Translated into (Name) |
8518     | Sequence | |
8519     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8520     | \n | new line |
8521     | | |
8522     | \r | carriage return |
8523     | | |
8524     | \f | form feed |
8525     | | |
8526     | \t | horizontal tab |
8527     | | |
8528     | \v | vertical tab |
8529     | | |
8530     | \' | apostrophe |
8531     | | |
8532     | \" | quotation mark |
8533     | | |
8534     | \\ | backslash |
8535     | | |
8536     | \OOO | three digit octal ASCII code of the |
8537     | | character |
8538     | | |
8539     | \xHH | two digit hex ASCII code of the |
8540     | | character |
8541     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8542    
8543     Notice: due to the transition of certain parts of the protocol which
8544     now support escape sequences, a slight backward incompatibility to
8545     protocols version v1.1 and younger has been introduced. The only
8546     difference is that in parts of the protocol where escape characters
8547     are now supported, a backslash characters MUST be escaped as well
8548     (that is as double backslash), whereas in the old versions a single
8549     backslash was sufficient.
8550    
8551     The following LSCP commands support escape sequences as part of their
8552     filename / path based arguments and / or may contain a filename /
8553     path with escape sequences in their response:
8554    
8555     "LOAD INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.4.1)
8556    
8557     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8558    
8559     "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8560    
8561     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8562    
8563    
8564    
8565    
8566    
8567     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 153]
8568    
8569     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8570    
8571    
8572     "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.1)
8573    
8574     "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.11)
8575    
8576     "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.2)
8577    
8578     "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.12)
8579    
8580     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.3)
8581    
8582     "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.4)
8583    
8584     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8585    
8586     "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.13)
8587    
8588     "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.14)
8589    
8590     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8591    
8592     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8593    
8594     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8595    
8596     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8597    
8598     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8599    
8600     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
8601    
8602     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8603    
8604     "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.17)
8605    
8606     "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.7)
8607    
8608     "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.18)
8609    
8610     "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.8)
8611    
8612     "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES" (Section 6.8.23)
8613    
8614     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH" (Section 6.8.24)
8615    
8616     "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.1)
8617    
8618     "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.2)
8619    
8620    
8621    
8622    
8623     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 154]
8624    
8625     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8626    
8627    
8628     "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.10.3)
8629    
8630     "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
8631    
8632     "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
8633    
8634     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
8635    
8636     Note that the forward slash character ('/') has a special meaning in
8637     filename / path based arguments: it acts as separator of the nodes in
8638     the path, thus if a directory- or filename includes a forward slash
8639     (not intended as path node separator), you MUST escape that slash
8640     either with the respective hex escape sequence ("\x2f") or with the
8641     respective octal escape sequence ("\057").
8642    
8643     Note for Windows: file path arguments in LSCP are expected to use
8644     forward slashes as directory node separator similar to Unix based
8645     operating systems. In contrast to Unix however a Windows typical
8646     drive character is expected to be prefixed to the path. That is an
8647     original Windows file path like "D:\Sounds\My.gig" would become in
8648     LSCP: "D:/Sounds/My.gig".
8649    
8650     The following LSCP commands even support escape sequences as part of
8651     at least one of their text-based arguments (i.e. entity name,
8652     description) and / or may contain escape sequences in at least one of
8653     their text-based fields in their response:
8654    
8655     "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5)
8656    
8657     "GET ENGINE INFO" (Section 6.4.9)
8658    
8659     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8660    
8661     "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.25)
8662    
8663     "GET FX_SEND INFO" (Section 6.4.29)
8664    
8665     "SET FX_SEND NAME" (Section 6.4.30)
8666    
8667     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8668    
8669     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO" (Section 6.7.5)
8670    
8671     "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.7.1)
8672    
8673     "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8674    
8675    
8676    
8677    
8678    
8679     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 155]
8680    
8681     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8682    
8683    
8684     "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME" (Section 6.7.6)
8685    
8686     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8687    
8688     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8689    
8690     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8691    
8692     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8693    
8694     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8695    
8696     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8697    
8698     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8699    
8700     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
8701    
8702     "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
8703    
8704     "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
8705    
8706     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
8707    
8708     Please note that these lists are manually maintained. If you find a
8709     command that also supports escape sequences we forgot to mention
8710     here, please report it!
8711    
8712    
8713    
8714    
8715    
8716    
8717    
8718    
8719    
8720    
8721    
8722    
8723    
8724    
8725    
8726    
8727    
8728    
8729    
8730    
8731    
8732    
8733    
8734    
8735     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 156]
8736    
8737     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8738    
8739    
8740     8. Events
8741    
8742     This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by
8743     LinuxSampler.
8744    
8745     8.1. Number of audio output devices changed
8746    
8747     Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output
8748     devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8749    
8750     SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8751    
8752     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8753    
8754     "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
8755    
8756     where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of audio output
8757     devices.
8758    
8759     8.2. Audio output device's settings changed
8760    
8761     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output
8762     devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8763    
8764     SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8765    
8766     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8767    
8768     "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
8769    
8770     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
8771     output device, which settings has been changed. The front-end will
8772     have to send the respective command to actually get the audio output
8773     device info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
8774     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
8775     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
8776     message is sufficient here.
8777    
8778     8.3. Number of MIDI input devices changed
8779    
8780     Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input
8781     devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8782    
8783     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8784    
8785     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8786    
8787    
8788    
8789    
8790    
8791     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 157]
8792    
8793     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8794    
8795    
8796     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
8797    
8798     where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI input
8799     devices.
8800    
8801     8.4. MIDI input device's settings changed
8802    
8803     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input
8804     devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8805    
8806     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8807    
8808     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8809    
8810     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
8811    
8812     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
8813     input device, which settings has been changed. The front-end will
8814     have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI input
8815     device info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
8816     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
8817     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
8818     message is sufficient here.
8819    
8820     8.5. Number of sampler channels changed
8821    
8822     Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on
8823     the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8824    
8825     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT
8826    
8827     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8828    
8829     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:<channels>"
8830    
8831     where <channels> will be replaced by the new number of sampler
8832     channels.
8833    
8834     8.6. MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived
8835    
8836     Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on sampler
8837     channels on back-end side, by issuing the following command:
8838    
8839     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI
8840    
8841     Server will start sending one of the the following notification
8842     messages:
8843    
8844    
8845    
8846    
8847     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 158]
8848    
8849     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8850    
8851    
8852     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_ON <note> <velocity>"
8853    
8854     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_OFF <note> <velocity>"
8855    
8856     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the ID of the sampler channel
8857     where the MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values
8858     in the range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the
8859     MIDI specification.
8860    
8861     CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
8862     actually all delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events
8863     could be lost at any time! This restriction was made to keep the RT-
8864     safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
8865     feature.
8866    
8867     8.7. MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived
8868    
8869     Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on MIDI input
8870     devices by issuing the following command:
8871    
8872     SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI
8873    
8874     Server will start sending one of the the following notification
8875     messages:
8876    
8877     "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_ON <note>
8878     <velocity>"
8879    
8880     "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_OFF <note>
8881     <velocity>"
8882    
8883     where <device-id> <port-id> will be replaced by the IDs of the
8884     respective MIDI input device and the device's MIDI port where the
8885     MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values in the
8886     range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
8887     specification.
8888    
8889     CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
8890     actually all delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events
8891     could be lost at any time! This restriction was made to keep the RT-
8892     safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
8893     feature.
8894    
8895     8.8. Number of active voices changed
8896    
8897     Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the back-
8898     end changes by issuing the following command:
8899    
8900    
8901    
8902    
8903     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 159]
8904    
8905     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8906    
8907    
8908     SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
8909    
8910     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8911    
8912     "NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <voices>"
8913    
8914     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8915     voice count change occurred and <voices> by the new number of active
8916     voices on that channel.
8917    
8918     8.9. Number of active disk streams changed
8919    
8920     Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the
8921     back-end changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE
8922     STREAM_COUNT
8923    
8924     SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
8925    
8926     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8927    
8928     "NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <streams>"
8929    
8930     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8931     stream count change occurred and <streams> by the new number of
8932     active disk streams on that channel.
8933    
8934     8.10. Disk stream buffer fill state changed
8935    
8936     Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk
8937     stream on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
8938    
8939     SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL
8940    
8941     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8942    
8943     "NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:<sampler-channel> <fill-data>"
8944    
8945     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8946     buffer fill state change occurred on and <fill-data> will be replaced
8947     by the buffer fill data for this channel as described in
8948     Section 6.4.13 as if the "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"
8949     (Section 6.4.13) command was issued on this channel.
8950    
8951     8.11. Channel information changed
8952    
8953     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler
8954     channels on the back-end by issuing the following command:
8955    
8956    
8957    
8958    
8959     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 160]
8960    
8961     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
8962    
8963    
8964     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
8965    
8966     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8967    
8968     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:<sampler-channel>"
8969    
8970     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
8971     channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send the
8972     respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these
8973     messages will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients
8974     rather than real time events happening on the server, it is believed
8975     that an empty notification message is sufficient here.
8976    
8977     8.12. Number of effect sends changed
8978    
8979     Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on a
8980     particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following
8981     command:
8982    
8983     SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
8984    
8985     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
8986    
8987     "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:<channel-id> <fx-sends>"
8988    
8989     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
8990     sampler channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and <fx-
8991     sends> will be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that
8992     channel.
8993    
8994     8.13. Effect send information changed
8995    
8996     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends
8997     on a a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
8998    
8999     SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
9000    
9001     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9002    
9003     "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:<channel-id> <fx-send-id>"
9004    
9005     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9006     sampler channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and <fx-
9007     send-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect
9008     send.
9009    
9010    
9011    
9012    
9013    
9014    
9015     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 161]
9016    
9017     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9018    
9019    
9020     8.14. Total number of active voices changed
9021    
9022     Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
9023     back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9024    
9025     SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9026    
9027     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9028    
9029     "NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:<voices>"
9030    
9031     where <voices> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9032     active voices.
9033    
9034     8.15. Total number of active disk streams changed
9035    
9036     Client may want to be notified when the total number of disk streams
9037     on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9038    
9039     SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
9040    
9041     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9042    
9043     "NOTIFY:TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT:<streams>"
9044    
9045     where <streams> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9046     active disk streams.
9047    
9048     8.16. Number of MIDI instrument maps changed
9049    
9050     Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9051     maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9052    
9053     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9054    
9055     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9056    
9057     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:<maps>"
9058    
9059     where <maps> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI instrument
9060     maps.
9061    
9062     8.17. MIDI instrument map information changed
9063    
9064     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9065     instrument maps on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9066    
9067    
9068    
9069    
9070    
9071     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 162]
9072    
9073     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9074    
9075    
9076     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9077    
9078     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9079    
9080     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:<map-id>"
9081    
9082     where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9083     instrument map, for which information changes occurred. The front-
9084     end will have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI
9085     instrument map info. Because these messages will be triggered by
9086     LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9087     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9088     message is sufficient here.
9089    
9090     8.18. Number of MIDI instruments changed
9091    
9092     Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9093     maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9094    
9095     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9096    
9097     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9098    
9099     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<map-id> <instruments>"
9100    
9101     where <map-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in
9102     which the nuber of instruments has changed and <instruments> will be
9103     replaced by the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
9104    
9105     8.19. MIDI instrument information changed
9106    
9107     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9108     instruments on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9109    
9110     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9111    
9112     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9113    
9114     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<map-id> <bank> <program>"
9115    
9116     where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9117     instrument map, in which a MIDI instrument is changed. <bank> and
9118     <program> specifies the location of the changed MIDI instrument in
9119     the map. The front-end will have to send the respective command to
9120     actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages will
9121     be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9122     real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9123     empty notification message is sufficient here.
9124    
9125    
9126    
9127     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 163]
9128    
9129     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9130    
9131    
9132     8.20. Global settings changed
9133    
9134     Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings of
9135     the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
9136    
9137     SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
9138    
9139     Server will start sending the following types of notification
9140     messages:
9141    
9142     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME <volume>" - Notifies that the golbal
9143     volume of the sampler is changed, where <volume> will be replaced
9144     by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the new
9145     global volume parameter.
9146    
9147     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOICES <max-voices>" - Notifies that the
9148     golbal limit of the sampler for maximum voices is changed, where
9149     <max-voices> will be an integer value, reflecting the new global
9150     voice limit parameter.
9151    
9152     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:STREAMS <max-streams>" - Notifies that the
9153     golbal limit of the sampler for maximum disk streams is changed,
9154     where <max-streams> will be an integer value, reflecting the new
9155     global disk streams limit parameter.
9156    
9157     8.21. Number of database instrument directories changed
9158    
9159     Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
9160     directories in a particular directory in the instruments database is
9161     changed by issuing the following command:
9162    
9163     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9164    
9165     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9166    
9167     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9168    
9169     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9170     directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9171     directories is changed.
9172    
9173     Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9174     sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
9175    
9176     8.22. Database instrument directory information changed
9177    
9178     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
9179     in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9180    
9181    
9182    
9183     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 164]
9184    
9185     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9186    
9187    
9188     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9189    
9190     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9191    
9192     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:<dir-path>"
9193    
9194     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9195     directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end
9196     will have to send the respective command to actually get the updated
9197     directory info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
9198     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9199     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9200     message is sufficient here.
9201    
9202     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME <old-dir-path> <new-
9203     name>"
9204    
9205     where <old-dir-path> is the old absolute path name of the directory
9206     (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and <new-name>
9207     is the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
9208    
9209     8.23. Number of database instruments changed
9210    
9211     Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments in a
9212     particular directory in the instruments database is changed by
9213     issuing the following command:
9214    
9215     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9216    
9217     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9218    
9219     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9220    
9221     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9222     directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9223     instruments is changed.
9224    
9225     Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9226     sent for the instruments in that directory.
9227    
9228     8.24. Database instrument information changed
9229    
9230     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
9231     in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9232    
9233     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9234    
9235     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9236    
9237    
9238    
9239     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 165]
9240    
9241     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9242    
9243    
9244     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<instr-path>"
9245    
9246     where <instr-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9247     instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to
9248     send the respective command to actually get the updated directory
9249     info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP commands
9250     issued by other clients rather than real time events happening on the
9251     server, it is believed that an empty notification message is
9252     sufficient here.
9253    
9254     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME <old-instr-path> <new-name>"
9255    
9256     where <old-instr-path> is the old absolute path name of the
9257     instrument (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and
9258     <new-name> is the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into
9259     apostrophes.
9260    
9261     8.25. Database job status information changed
9262    
9263     Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
9264     instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:
9265    
9266     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
9267    
9268     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9269    
9270     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:<job-id>"
9271    
9272     where <job-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job, which
9273     status is changed. The front-end will have to send the respective
9274     command to actually get the status info. Because these messages will
9275     be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9276     real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9277     empty notification message is sufficient here.
9278    
9279     8.26. Number of effect instances changed
9280    
9281     Client may want to be notified when the number of effect instances is
9282     changed by issuing the following command:
9283    
9284     SUBSCRIBE EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
9285    
9286     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9287    
9288     "EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT:<instances>"
9289    
9290     where <instances> will be replaced by the new number of effect
9291     instances.
9292    
9293    
9294    
9295     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 166]
9296    
9297     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9298    
9299    
9300     8.27. Effect instance information changed
9301    
9302     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect
9303     instances on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9304    
9305     SUBSCRIBE EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
9306    
9307     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9308    
9309     "EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO:<instance-id>"
9310    
9311     where <instance-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9312     effect instance.
9313    
9314     8.28. Number of send effect chains changed
9315    
9316     Client may want to be notified when the number of send effect chains
9317     is changed by issuing the following command:
9318    
9319     SUBSCRIBE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
9320    
9321     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9322    
9323     "NOTIFY:SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT:<device-id> <chains>"
9324    
9325     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
9326     output device, in which the number of send effect chains is changed
9327     and <chains> will be replaced by the new number of send effect
9328     chains.
9329    
9330     8.29. Send effect chain information changed
9331    
9332     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to send effect
9333     chains on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9334    
9335     SUBSCRIBE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
9336    
9337     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9338    
9339     "SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO:<device-id> <chain-id> <instances>" -
9340     Notifies that the number of effect instances in a particular send
9341     effect chain is changed, where <device-id> will be replaced by the
9342     numerical ID of the audio output device the send effect chain
9343     belongs to, <chain-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9344     send effect chain in which the number of effect instances has
9345     changed and <instances> will be replaced by the new number of
9346     effect instances in the specified send effect chain.
9347    
9348    
9349    
9350    
9351     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 167]
9352    
9353     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9354    
9355    
9356     8.30. Miscellaneous and debugging events
9357    
9358     Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events
9359     occurring at the server by issuing the following command:
9360    
9361     SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
9362    
9363     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9364    
9365     "NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:<string>"
9366    
9367     where <string> will be replaced by whatever data server wants to send
9368     to the client. Client MAY display this data to the user AS IS to
9369     facilitate debugging.
9370    
9371    
9372    
9373    
9374    
9375    
9376    
9377    
9378    
9379    
9380    
9381    
9382    
9383    
9384    
9385    
9386    
9387    
9388    
9389    
9390    
9391    
9392    
9393    
9394    
9395    
9396    
9397    
9398    
9399    
9400    
9401    
9402    
9403    
9404    
9405    
9406    
9407     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 168]
9408    
9409     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9410    
9411    
9412     9. Security Considerations
9413    
9414     As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
9415     defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
9416     connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
9417     system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.
9418    
9419    
9420    
9421    
9422    
9423    
9424    
9425    
9426    
9427    
9428    
9429    
9430    
9431    
9432    
9433    
9434    
9435    
9436    
9437    
9438    
9439    
9440    
9441    
9442    
9443    
9444    
9445    
9446    
9447    
9448    
9449    
9450    
9451    
9452    
9453    
9454    
9455    
9456    
9457    
9458    
9459    
9460    
9461    
9462    
9463     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 169]
9464    
9465     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9466    
9467    
9468     10. Acknowledgments
9469    
9470     This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
9471     following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
9472     list:
9473    
9474     Rui Nuno Capela
9475    
9476     Vladimir Senkov
9477    
9478     Mark Knecht
9479    
9480     Grigor Iliev
9481    
9482    
9483    
9484    
9485    
9486    
9487    
9488    
9489    
9490    
9491    
9492    
9493    
9494    
9495    
9496    
9497    
9498    
9499    
9500    
9501    
9502    
9503    
9504    
9505    
9506    
9507    
9508    
9509    
9510    
9511    
9512    
9513    
9514    
9515    
9516    
9517    
9518    
9519     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 170]
9520    
9521     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9522    
9523    
9524     11. References
9525    
9526     [RFC20] UCLA, "ASCII format for Network Interchange", RFC 20,
9527     1969.
9528    
9529     [RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
9530     Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, 1997.
9531    
9532     [RFC2234] Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
9533     Specifications", RFC 2234, 1997.
9534    
9535     [RFC793] Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, "TRANSMISSION
9536     CONTROL PROTOCOL", RFC 793, 1981.
9537    
9538    
9539    
9540    
9541    
9542    
9543    
9544    
9545    
9546    
9547    
9548    
9549    
9550    
9551    
9552    
9553    
9554    
9555    
9556    
9557    
9558    
9559    
9560    
9561    
9562    
9563    
9564    
9565    
9566    
9567    
9568    
9569    
9570    
9571    
9572    
9573    
9574    
9575     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 171]
9576    
9577     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9578    
9579    
9580     Author's Address
9581    
9582     C. Schoenebeck
9583     Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.
9584     Max-Planck-Str. 39
9585     74081 Heilbronn
9586     Germany
9587    
9588     Email: schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org
9589    
9590    
9591    
9592    
9593    
9594    
9595    
9596    
9597    
9598    
9599    
9600    
9601    
9602    
9603    
9604    
9605    
9606    
9607    
9608    
9609    
9610    
9611    
9612    
9613    
9614    
9615    
9616    
9617    
9618    
9619    
9620    
9621    
9622    
9623    
9624    
9625    
9626    
9627    
9628    
9629    
9630    
9631     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 172]
9632    
9633     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol June 2011
9634    
9635    
9636     Full Copyright Statement
9637    
9638     Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2011).
9639    
9640     This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
9641     contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
9642     retain all their rights.
9643    
9644     This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
9645     "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
9646     OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST AND
9647     THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
9648     OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF
9649     THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
9650     WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
9651    
9652    
9653     Intellectual Property
9654    
9655     The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
9656     Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
9657     pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
9658     this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
9659     might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
9660     made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information
9661     on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
9662     found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
9663    
9664     Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
9665     assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
9666     attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
9667     such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
9668     specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
9669     http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
9670    
9671     The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
9672     copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
9673     rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
9674     this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at
9675     ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
9676    
9677    
9678    
9679    
9680    
9681    
9682    
9683    
9684    
9685    
9686    
9687     Schoenebeck Expires December 3, 2011 [Page 173]
9688    

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC